ayin ע het ח alef א פ ט ב צ י ג ק כ ד
TRANSCRIPT
Ayin ע Het ח Alef אPe פ Tet ט Bet ב
Tsadi צ Yud י Gimel גQuf ק Kaf כ Dalet ד
Resh ר Lamed ל He הSin ש Mem מ Vav ו
Shin ש Nun נ Zayin זTav ת Samekh ס
Song copyright © Dr. John H. Walton. Used by permission.
Hebrew Alphabet SongCopyright © by Dr. John H. Walton.
Used by permission.
If you are starting the Reading Biblical Hebrew course by John Beckman,memorize this song before watching the lecture for chapter 1: consonants.
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh
Reading Biblical Hebrew
John C. Beckman
Lesson 1:Consonants
2021.06.23
Tasks: Name, Pronounce, & Write the Consonants
You can already recite the alphabet from memory: alef, bet, gimel, dalet, he, …
• The previous lecture video is an alphabet song to help you with this.
2 Tasks:
1. Learn to name and pronounce the consonants: ו is vav ‘v’2. Learn to write the consonants resh is written ר
1.2
Preliminary Matters
1.3 Nomenclature: * Means ‘Impossible Form’
* means a spelling that would never occur in the Bible
Example
• * לך has a * because it would never be written that way.• (By the end of this lecture, you should understand why.)
1.4
Hebrew is Written Right-To-Left
םיהלא ארב תישארב
Reading Direction
תישארב
1.5
First consonantLast consonant
Hebrew Alphabet is Consonants Only
English Alphabet = Consonants + Vowels
• Consonants BCDFGHJKLMNPQRSTVWXYZ• Vowels AEIOU
Hebrew Alphabet = Consonants Only
• תששרקצפעסנמלכיטחזוהדגבא are all consonants• Vowels (e.g., ) are not part of alphabet.• Vowels are discussed in lesson 2.
1.6
Hebrew Name of a Consonant Starts with that Consonant
E.g., א. is named ףלא
E.g., ב is named תיב
1.7 The Sound of a Consonant is the First Sound of Its Name
• E.g., ג (Gimel למיג ) makes a hard G sound, like go and give.
• E.g., ה (He אה ) makes an H sound, like hop and hat.
Exceptions:
1. Alef א. and Ayin ע. are silent.
2. The sounds of Bet ב, Kaf כ, and Pe פ depend on if they have a dagesh (a dot)
Caveat: The pronunciation of Hebrew varies with time and people group.
• This video teaches a pronunciation that is fairly common for modern Hebrew.
1.8
English Names of Consonants Follow the Hebrew Names
English names of consonants follow the Hebrew names.
• E.g., Write the name ףלא using English letters = alef
Conversion of the names to English letters varies:
• E.g., The name of א. a ( ףלא ) ais written several ways in English:
alef, aleph, ’álef, ’ālĕph
1.9 2 Styles of Letter Shapes
Fancy style with serifs
ת ש ש ר ק צ פע ס נ מ ל כ י ט ח ז ו ה ד ג בא
Simplified style without serifs
ת ש ש ר ק צ פע ס נ מ ל כ י ט ח ז ו ה ד ג בא
Read bothWrite this way
1.10
Optional Dot Inside Most Consonants
In the Bible, almost all Hebrew consonants sometimes have a dot inside them
• םתנר תLינאב םידשכו םלכ• Lesson 3 explains the dot (Dagesh or Mappiq) in detail.• In this lesson, learn where to write the dot when you need to add it.• The dot is NOT part of the consonant. It is an addition to the consonant.
Dagesh changes the pronunciation of three consonants: פכב vs פכב
1.11 Final FormsFive consonants ( צ פ נ מ כ ) are written differently at the end of a word
• E.g., * כשח is written ךשח• E.g., * צרא is written ץרא• Only the shape changes.• The pronunciation is unchanged. E.g., כ .ך = and כ ך =
Called ‘final forms’ or ‘sofit forms’ E.g., כ ‘kaf’ vs. ך ‘final kaf’
These 5 consonants have final forms:
• צ פ נ מ כ → ץףןםך• Mnemonic ‘common pets’
1.12
Hebrew Alphabet
1.13
• Get a pencil and scratch paper.• For each letter, after the video explains how to draw it, pause the video,
and practice writing that letter before continuing on to the next letter.
אאאאAlef ( ףלא )
1 2
3
Alef ( ףלא ) is Silent
(Alef א. sounds like the k in knight J)
1.14
בבבבBet ( תיב )
This bump distinguishes Bet ב from Kaf כ
1
2
Bet ( תיב ) with dagesh ב is B like Blueberry.
בבבבBet ( תיב ) with dagesh ב is B like Blueberry.Bet ( תיב ) without dagesh ב is V like Velveeta.
בבבבבבבב
The bump distinguishes Bet ב from Kaf כ
1
2
1.15
גגגג גגגגGimel ( למיג )
1
2
Gimel ( למיג ) is hard G like Garlic or Gagh
These ‘legs’ distinguish Gimmel ג from Nun נ
Optional top hook
1.16
דדדד דדדדDalet ( תלד )
1
2
Dalet ( תלד ) is D like Dates or Dessert
This bump distinguishes Dalet ד from Resh ר
1.17
הההה ההההHe ( אה )
1
2
He ( אה ) is H like Ham or Hummus
This gap distinguishes He ה from Het ח
1.18
ו ו ו ו וו ו וVav ( וו )Vav ( וו ) is V like Velveeta or Bet-without-Dagesh ב
The height distinguishes Vav ו from Yud י and Final Nun ן
Optional top hook
1.19
ז ז ז ז זז ז זZayin ( ןיז )
1
Zayin ( ןיז ) is Z like Ziti and Zucchini
Upper-right bump distinguishes Zayin ז from Vav ו
2
1.20
חחחחHet ( תיח )
1
2
Het ( תיח ) is hard H like Bach or loch.To indicate this sound, I sometimes write kh.
The connected upper left corner distinguishes Het ח from He ה
1.21
טט ט ט טט ט טTet ( תיט )Tet ( תיט ) is T like Taco or Toffee 1.22
י י י י יי ייYud ( דוי )Yud ( דוי ) is Y like Yogurt or Yam
The height distinguishes Yud י from Vav ו and Final Nun ן
Optional top hook
1.23
ככככKaf ( ףכ )
Rounded bottom-right corner distinguishes Kaf כ from Bet ב
Kaf ( ףכ ) with dagesh כ is K like kimchi or kiwi.
ככככKaf ( ףכ ) with dagesh כ is K like Kimchi or Kiwi.Kaf ( ףכ ) without dagesh כ is hard H like Bach or loch or Het ח
ככככככככ
Rounded bottom-right corner distinguishes Kaf כ from Bet ב
1.24
ךךךךFinal Kaf ( ףכ )
Full-width upper line distinguishes Final Kaf ך. from Final Nun ן
1
Full-width upper line distinguishes Final Kaf ך. from Final Nun ןRoot below the baseline distinguishes Final Kaf ך. from Dalet ד
2
ךךךך ךךךךךךךך
Full-width upper line and Root below baseline are both required.
1
2
Final Kaf ( ףכ ) with dagesh ך is K like Kimchi or Kiwi.Final Kaf ( ףכ ) with dagesh ך is K like Kimchi or Kiwi.Final Kaf ( ףכ ) without dagesh is hard H.ך like Bach or loch or Het ח
1.25
לללל ללללLamed ( דמל )Lamed ( דמל ) is L like Lard or Linguini
Lamed ל has a horn that goes above the normal letter height
1.26
ממממ ממממMem ( םמ )
Don’t omit the bottom line (מ). It’s OK to close the bottom (מ)
1
2
Mem ( םמ ) is M like Mocha or Moo goo gai pan (蘑菇雞片) 1.27
םםםםFinal Mem ( םמ )Final Mem ( םמ ) is M like Marshmallow or Mousse
Flat bottom distinguishes Final Mem ם. from Samekh ס
1.28
נ נ נ נ ננ נ נNun ( ןונ )Nun ( ןונ ) is N like Nachos or Naan
The foot distinguishes Nun נ from Vav ו
Optional top hook
1.29
ןןןןFinal Nun ( ןונ )Final Nun ( ןונ ) is N like Natto (納豆) or Nori (海苔)
Root below the baseline distinguishes Final Nun ן. from Vav ו
Optional top hook
1.30
סססס ססססSamekh ( ?מס )
Round bottom distinguishes Samekh ס. from Final Mem ם
Samekh ( ?מס ) is S like Soufflé or Soba
Optional top hook
1.31
ע ע ע עAyin ( ןיע )Ayin ( ןיע ) is Silent
1
2
Round lower right distinguishes Ayin ע. from Tsadi צ
1.32
פפפפPe ( אפ )Pe ( אפ ) with dagesh פ is P like Pablum or Poi.
פפפפPe ( אפ ) with dagesh פ is P like Pablum or Poi.Pe ( אפ ) without dagesh פ is F like Falafel or Fugu.
פפפפפפפפ
1.33
ף ף ף ףFinal Pe ( אפ )Final Pe ( אפ ) without dagesh .ף is F like Figs and Fritters
Final Pe ף. has a root below the baseline.
Final Pe has dagesh only once in the entire Bible
1.34
צצצצ צצצצTsadi ( ידצ )
Lower-right bump distinguishes Tsadi צ. from Ayin ע
Tsadi ( ידצ ) is TS like Matzo ( הצמ ) or Rats
1 2
1.35
ץץץץFinal Tsadi ( ידצ )Final Tsadi ( ידצ ) is TS like Matzo ( הצמ ) or Rats
Final Tsadi ץ. has a root below the baseline.
1 2
1.36
קקקק קקקקQuf ( ףוק )
Quf ק has a root below the baseline.
Quf ( ףוק ) is K like Kohlrabi or Koolaid
1
2
The gaps between the lines are optional
1.37
ר ר ר רResh ( שיר )Resh ( שיר ) is a voiced uvular trill.
English speakers pronounce it as R like Rocky Road.
The rounded corner distinguishes Resh ר from Dalet ד
1.38
שששש ששששSin ( ןיש )Sin ( ןיש ) is S like Sago or Sufferin’ Succotash
1
2
The dot on the top left distinguishes Sin ש from Shin ש
3
1.39
שששש ששששShin ( ןיש )Shin ( ןיש ) is SH like Shish kabab
1
2
The dot on the top right distinguishes Shin ש from Sin ש
3
1.40
תתתת תתתתTav ( ות )
The left foot distinguishes Tav ת from Het ח
Tav ( ות ) is T like Tamarind or Tiramisu
1
2
1.41
Similar Consonants
1.42
Certain Consonants Sound the Same
א ע Silent. Just pronounce the following vowel.
ב ו V
כ ח KH (Hard H like Bach or loch)
כ ק K
ט ת T
ס ש S
1.43 Nun נ Has a Foot. Vav ו Does Not.
Nun vs. Vav נונונונו• Top hook is optional for both
Difference is a lower-left foot
• Nun always has a foot• Vav never has a foot
1.44
He ה Has a Gap. Het ח Does Not.
He vs. Het החהחהחהחDifference is an upper-left gap
• He always has a gap• Het never has a gap
1.45 Tav ת Has a Foot. Het ח Does Not.
Tav vs. Het תחתחתחתחDifference is a lower-left foot
• Tav always has a foot• Het never has a foot
1.46
Yud is half-height. Vav is full-height. Final Nun Extends Below.
Yud vs. Vav vs. Final Nun יוןיוןיוןיון• Top hook is optional for all three
Difference is height
• Yud is half the height of a normal letter. Yud goes only half-way down.• Vav is the full height of a normal letter.• Final Nun goes below the baseline of normal letters.
1.47 Zayin ז Has a Top-Right Bump. Vav ו Does Not.
Zayin vs. Vav זוזוזוזוDifference is an upper-right bump
• Zayin always has top line that extends to the right of the vertical line.• Vav has an optional top hook, but it only goes to the left of the vertical line.
1.48
Final Kaf ך. Has a Full-Width Top Line. Final Nun ן. Does Not.
Final Kaf vs. Final Nun ךןךןךןךןBoth extend below the baseline.
Difference is the top line width
• Final Kaf always has a full-width horizontal line on top.• Final Nun has an optional top hook, but it is always very short.
1.49 Dalet ד Has a Top-Right Bump. Resh ר Does Not.
Dalet vs. Resh דרדרדרדרDifference is an upper-right bump
• Dalet always has a bump in the upper right.• Resh never has a bump in the upper right. The corner is always rounded.
1.50
Bet ב Has a Bottom-Right Bump. Kaf כ Does Not.
Bet vs. Kaf בכבכבכבכDifference is a bottom-right bump
• Bet always has a bump in the bottom-right corner.• Kaf never has a bump in the bottom right. The corner is always rounded.
1.51 Tsadi צ Has a Bottom-Right Bump. Ayin ע. Does Not.
Tsadi vs. Ayin צעצעצעצע
Difference is a bottom-right bump
• Tsadi always has a bump in the bottom-right corner.• Ayin never has a bump in the bottom right. The corner is always rounded.
1.52
Tsadi: Draw the left line first,to create the bump.
Ayin: Draw the right line first, to prevent a bump.
1 2 12
Gimel ג Has a ‘High Heel’. Nun נ Does Not.
Gimel vs. Nun גנגנגנגנBoth have an optional top hook
Difference is the bottom shape
• Gimel always has two legs, or at least a high-heel shoe.• Nun has a square or rounded bottom with no leg split or heel.
1.53 Final Mem Has a Square Bottom. Samekh Has a Round Bottom.
Final Mem vs. Samekh םסםסםסםסDifference is the bottom shape
• Final Mem always has a square, flat bottom.• Samekh always has a round bottom.
1.54
Shin ש Has Dot on Right. Sin ש Has Dot on Left.
Shin vs. Sin ששששששששDifference is the location of the dot on the top
• Shin has a dot in the upper right• Sin has a dot in the upper left
1.55 Sin vs. Shin
Written the same ( ש ) until a distinguishing dot was added (AD 500–1000)
• Biblical acrostic poems (e.g., Psalm 119) treat ש and ש as a single letter.• Modern Hebrew dictionaries also treat ש and ש as the same letter.
Biblical Hebrew lexicons treat ש and ש as separate consonants
• 23 consonants in the Biblical Hebrew alphabet
Order of ש and ש in the alphabet varies
• Biblical Hebrew materials typically sin-shin ( ש before ש )• Modern Hebrew materials typically shin-sin (if they distinguish them at all).
1.56
Kaf כ vs. Quf ק
These letter names sound similar:
• Kaf כ• Quf ק
Memory aids:
• Kaf כ looks like the mouth of a person coughing• Quf ק looks like a backwards q
• Spell it ‘Quf’ not ‘Kuf’• Pronounce it ‘Quf’ not ‘Qof’
1.57
Wrap-Up
1.58
The Shape of Final Forms
Final mem is a square
• →מ ם מ → ם E.g., * מוי → םוי
All other final forms ‘straighten out’ the bottom horizontal line,making it a vertical line that extends below the ‘base line’
• →כ ך כ ך→ E.g., * כשח → ךשח• נ → ן נ → ן E.g., * ניב → ןיב• →פ ף פ ף→ E.g., * פוע → ףוע• →צ ץ צ → E.g., * צרא → ץרא
So why is * לך .
an impossible form?* לך is
an impossible form because it should be
written לכ
1.59 Summary of Consonant Heights
)ץףןםך ( ת ש ש רק צ פע ס נ מל כי ט ח ז ו ה ד ג בא
All consonants are the same height except:
• Half height: Yud י• Horn on top: Lamed ל• Root below: Quf ק
Final Kaf ךFinal Nun ןFinal Pe ףFinal Tsadiץ
1.60
Bet, Kaf, and Pe Change Pronunciation with a Dot (‘Dagesh’)
• ב B ב V• כ K כ KH• פ P פ F
The letter names start with the sound with the dagesh: Bet, Kaf, Pe
The sound changes follow a principle:
• Dagesh → Point-like sound B, K, P• No dagesh → Sound that can continue V, KH, F
1.61 The Consonants ע ח הא . Are Gutturals
Guttural consonants (‘gutturals’)
• ע ח הא
Gutturals have properties that will be discussed in future lessons:
• Reject dagesh• Take hataf vowels instead of vocal shva• May change nearby vowels
1.62
Next Tasks (page 1)1. Learn to name and pronounce the consonants ו is VAV ‘V’• Any font• Regular and final forms• Pronunciation shifts with dagesh• Anki RBH_Workbook custom study (200 cards, ‘don’t reschedule’, tag 01)
2. Learn to write the consonants• Handwriting must be legible and unambiguous ד vs ר• Use final forms when appropriate ךלמ . not כלמ• RBH_Worksheets.pdf→ Consonants Handwriting• Anki RBH_Workbook custom study (‘don’t reschedule’, tag 01write)
1.63 Next Tasks (page 2)
3. Memorize the grammar gutturals, etc.
• Anki RBH_Grammar custom study (‘New cards only’, tag 01)• ‘New cards only’ will add these cards to your review schedule.
4. Memorize the consonants paradigm
• RBH_Paradigms.pdf→ Consonants Understand & Memorize• RBH_Worksheets.pdf→ Consonants Practice until perfect• hebrewsyntax.org/rbh→ Consonants paradigm Practice until perfect• Keyboard map for typing in Hebrew is in paradigms and worksheets pdfs
1.64
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Lesson 2:Vowels
2021.06.27
Task: Learn the Vowel Paradigm
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
2.2
Preliminary Matters
2.3 Each Vowel is Associated with the Preceding Consonant
Written:
• The position of a vowel is written relative to the preceding consonant.
• E.g., in לטק , the vowel Holam ◌ is positioned relative the consonant Quf .ק
• E.g., in לטק , the vowel Tsere ◌ is positioned relative to the consonant Tet ט.
Spoken:
• A vowel is pronounced after its consonant.
• E.g., לטק is ק, then ◌, then ט, then ◌, then ל, so it is pronounced QOTEL.
2.4
◌ is a Placeholder for Any Consonant
In course materials,◌ is a placeholder that represents any consonant
• E.g., ◌ indicates the vowel under any consonant ב א
• E.g., ו◌ indicates the vowel ו to the left of any consonant וב וא
2.5 Every Vowel is Either a Vowel Point or a Vowel Letter
Vowel Points are dots and lines under (or at the top left of) the consonant
◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌
Vowel Letters combine a vowel point with a consonant symbol
• Some vowel letters use He ה◌ ה◌ ה◌ ה◌
• Some vowel letters use Yud י◌ י◌ י◌
• Some vowel letters use Vav ו 2
2.6
The Original Manuscripts Were Consonants Only
1. Hebrew was originally written with only consonants דוד
• Ntv spkrs dnt nd wrttn vwls.
2. Vowel letters (using yud, vav, and he) began about 900 BC דיוד
3. Vowels, accents, and other marks began in the post-biblical period דיוד
• Consider them an early, generally reliable commentary,like breathing marks and accents in the Greek NT
2.7 Every Vowel is Either a Full Vowel or a Reduced Vowel
Reduced vowels = all vowels with : as part or all of their symbol
• Vocal Shva ◌• Hataf Vowels ◌ ◌ ◌
Full Vowels = all vowels that are not reduced
• Full Vowels ו◌ ◌ 2◌ ◌ י◌ ◌ י◌ ה◌ ◌ י◌ ה◌ ◌ ה◌ ◌ ◌
2.8
Vowel Name Indicates Its Pronunciation
For vowel points, each vowel is the first vowel in its own name• E.g., ◌ is named ץמק Qamats
• E.g., ◌ is named םלח Holam
Vowel letters are named by their components (vowel point, then ו ,ה, or י)• E.g., ה◌ is named אהץמק Qamats He
• E.g., 2 is named ווםלח Holam Vav
• Except: ו is named קורוש Shuruq
Caveat:• Pronunciation varies with time, people group, and nearby consonants.
2.9 English Names of Vowels Follow the Hebrew Names
English names of vowels follow the Hebrew names:
• E.g., ◌ ל2גס = = segol
The spelling of names varies:
• E.g., ◌ ל2גס = or ל2גס = segol, seghol, seghôl, seggol, seggôl
• Be able to recognize vowel names despite spelling variations
2.10
Vowels Are Grouped in Classes
A-class vowels ◌ ◌ ה◌ ◌
E-class vowels ◌ ה◌ י◌ ◌ ה◌ י◌ ◌
I-class vowels י◌ ◌
O-class vowels ה◌ 2◌ ◌ ◌
U-class vowels ו◌ ◌
No-class vowel ◌
2.11 Vowel Class Sets Pronunciation
A-class vowels ◌ ◌ ה◌ ◌
E-class vowels ◌ ה◌ י◌ ◌ ה◌ י◌ ◌
I-class vowels י◌ ◌
O-class vowels ה◌ 2◌ ◌ ◌
U-class vowels ו◌ ◌
No-class vowel ◌
A in latte
E in bet
EE in beet
O in go
OO in goo
A in abide
2.12
Reduced Vowels are Pronounced Quickly and Quietly
A-class vowels A in latte ◌ ◌ ה◌ ◌
E-class vowels E in bet ◌ ה◌ י◌ ◌ ה◌ י◌ ◌
I-class vowels EE in beet י◌ ◌
O-class vowels O in go ה◌ 2◌◌ ◌
U-class vowels OO in goo ו◌ ◌
No-class vowel A in abide ◌
2.13
The Vowels
2.14
The No-Class Vowel: Vocal Shva
Shva ( אוש ) looks like a colon : under a consonant ◌
There are two types of shva: Vocal Shva and Silent Shva
• Vocal shva is the vowel with no class. It is a vowel point. It is a reduced vowel.• Pronounce it like the a in abide. Reduced, so short duration & low volume.
• Silent shva is not a vowel• It indicates that a consonant has no vowel at all• E.g., תלטק is qatalt, just like תלטק
The next lesson will explain how to distinguish them
2.15 A-Class Vowels
Pronounce like the A in latte
A-class vowels
• ◌ qamats ץמק• ◌ patah חתפ• ◌ hataf patah חתפףטח
• ה◌ qamats he אהץמק
2.16
• full vowel vowel point
• full vowel vowel point
• reduced vowel vowel point
• full vowel vowel letter
E-Class Vowels
Pronounce like the E in bet
E-class vowels
• ◌ tsere הרצ• ◌ segol ל2גס• ◌ hataf segol ל2גסףטח
• ה◌ tsere he אה הרצ• ה◌ segol he אהל2גס• י◌ tsere yud דויהרצ• י◌ segol yud דויל2גס
2.17
• full vowel• full vowel• reduced vowel
• full vowel• full vowel• full vowel• full vowel
• vowel point• vowel point• vowel point
• vowel letter• vowel letter• vowel letter• vowel letter
I-Class Vowels
Pronounce like the EE in beet
I-class vowels
• ◌ hiriq קירח full vowel vowel point
• י◌ hiriq yud דוי קירח full vowel vowel letter
2.18
O-Class Vowels
Pronounce like the O in go
O-class vowels
• ◌ holam םלח• ◌ qamats qatan ןטק ץמק• ◌ hataf qamats ץמק ףטח
• ◌2 holam vav וו םלח• ה◌ holam he אה םלח
2.19
• full vowel
• full vowel
• reduced vowel
• full vowel
• full vowel
• vowel point
• vowel point
• vowel point
• vowel letter
• vowel letter
U-Class Vowels
Pronounce like the OO in goo
U-class vowels
• ◌ qubuts ץובק full vowel vowel point
• ו◌ shuruq קורוש full vowel vowel letter
2.20
Miscellaneous Vowel Issues
2.21 ◌ Can Be Qamats OR Qamats Qatan (QQ)
The symbol ◌ is ambiguous
• A-class vowel qamats, pronounced like the a in latte
• O-class vowel qamats qatan (‘small qamats’), pronounced like the o in go
How do we know which it is?
• This will be discussed in the next lecture
• Qamats is far more common than qamats qatan
• In course materials, (QQ) means ‘qamats qatan’
2.22
ה Vowel Letters Occur Only at the End of a Word
Vowel letters with ו and י can occur anywhere in a word
• י◌ י◌ י◌ 2 ו e.g., ומוק
Vowel letters with ה can occur only at the end of a word
• ה◌ ה◌ ה◌ ה◌ e.g., הער
• Therefore, ה that is not at the end of a word is always a consonant. e.g., אוהי
2.23
Summary
2.24
Reduced Vowels = Vocal Shva (◌) + Hataf vowels ( ◌◌◌ )
Vocal Shva is the normal reduced vowel. ◌
Hataf vowels are the reduced vowels for gutturals.
• The symbol looks like a vowel + shva ◌ ◌ ◌• Occur only under guttural consonants ( עחהא )• Gutturals always use hataf vowels instead of vocal shva• Hataf vowels are what vocal shva looks like under a guttural•When parsing a word, if you see a hataf vowel, think of it as vocal shva
2.25 Multiple Ways of Grouping Vowels
Reduced Vowel or Full Vowel• Reduced Vowels ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ (vocal shva)
• Full Vowels ו◌ ◌ 2◌ ◌ י◌ ◌ י◌ ה◌ ◌ י◌ ה◌ ◌ ה◌ ◌ ◌Vowel Letter or Vowel Point• Vowel Letters ו◌ 2◌ י◌ י◌ י◌ ה◌ ה◌ ה◌ ה◌• Vowel Points ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌
Class: A or E or I or O or U or None• A-Class Vowels ה◌ ◌ ◌ ◌• E-Class Vowels, etc.
2.26
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
Vowel Paradigm 2.27 Next Tasks (page 1)
1. Understand and memorize the vowel paradigm• RBH_Paradigms.pdf→ Vowels Understand & Memorize• RBH_Worksheets.pdf→ Vowels Practice until perfect• Anki RBH_Workbook custom study (‘don’t reschedule’, tag 02)• hebrewsyntax.org/rbh→ Vowels paradigm quiz Practice until perfect• Keyboard map for typing in Hebrew is in paradigms and worksheets pdfs
2. Understand and memorize the grammar reduced vowels, etc.
• Anki RBH_Grammar custom study (‘New cards only’, tag 02)• ‘New cards only’ will add these cards to your review schedule.
2.28
Next Tasks (page 2)
3. Learn to sound out words while learning vocabulary• Anki RBH_Vocabulary custom study (‘New cards only’, tag 02)• ‘New cards only’ will add these cards to your review schedule.
• The vocabulary for lessons 2–4 are the proper nouns that occur 50+ times.• Use these vocabulary words as practice for sounding out Hebrew words.• Once you pronounce them, they are easy to recognize.• דוד = David• רתסא = Ester (Esther)
2.29
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Lesson 3:Symbols & Pronunciation
2021.06.29
Task: Learn to Identify & Understand Certain Symbols
1. Mappiq and Dagesh ◌2. Other symbols ־ ׃ ׀ פ ס ◌3. Identify which vowel in a word is accented
4. Disambiguate ◌ ◌5. Disambiguate vowel letters vs. consonants
3.2
Mappiq and Dagesh
3.3 A Dot ◌ Inside a Consonant is Either Mappiq or Dagesh
Mappiq ( קיפמ ) is a dot ◌ inside word-final He ה הנימל
Dagesh ( שגד ) is a dot ◌ inside any consonant except word-final He.ת ש ש ק צ פ ס נ מ ל כ י ט ז ו ד ג ב
• Gutturals ( ע ח הא ) and resh ר ) ) never have dagesh.
• Dagesh always changes the pronunciation of פ כ ב פ כ ב ) ).
3.4
Mappiq Indicates Word-Final Consonantal He
A dot ◌ inside word-final He ה is called Mappiq ( קיפמ ).
Word-final He ה with mappiqה is always a consonant, never a vowel letter
• E.g., השע is ‘OSAH’ with a consonant ה (H) at the end
Word-final He ה without mappiq is always a vowel letter
• E.g., השע is ‘OSA’ with the vowel letter ◌ה at the end
Mappiq changes the meaning of a word
• E.g., השע ‘he is making her’• E.g., השע ‘she is making’
3.5 Two Kinds of Dagesh: Doubling Dagesh and Meaningless Dagesh
Dagesh is a dot inside any consonant except word-final He ... ז ו ד ג ב
Every dagesh is either doubling dagesh or meaningless dagesh
Doubling dagesh
• Memorize: “Dagesh doubles if it is preceded by a vowel (not shva).” לטק
Meaningless dagesh
• Any dagesh that is not a doubling dagesh• Dagesh inside the first consonant of a word לטקת• Dagesh preceded by a shva םתלטק
3.6
Meaningless Dagesh Changes Pronunciation, Not Meaning
Every dagesh changes the pronunciation of פ כ ב פ כ ב ) )
• E.g., Pronounce הערפ ‘paro’ and הערפ ‘pharo’
Meaningless dagesh does not change the meaning of a word
• E.g., הערפ and הערפ are the same word ‘Pharaoh’.• E.g., רתסא and רתסא are the same word ‘Esther’.
Course materials usually omit meaningless dagesh except in פכב• E.g., לטקת is usually written לטקת in course materials• E.g., םתלטק . is usually written םתלטק . in course materials
3.7 Doubling Dagesh Changes Pronunciation AND Meaning
Every dagesh changes the pronunciation of פ כ ב פ כ ב ) )
Doubling dagesh doubles its consonant
• E.g., לטק is the way to write לטטק (qittel)
Doubling dagesh changes the meaning of a word
• E.g., וקזח ‘be strong!’• E.g., וקזח ‘they strengthened (something)’
Pay attention to dagesh that is preceded by a vowel
• It doubles the consonant, so it changes the meaning
3.8
Miscellaneous Symbols
3.9 Maqqaf ־
Maqqaf ( ףקמ ) is a hyphen ־ that joins words בXט־לכA word followed by maqqaf loses its accent
• This may cause the de-accented vowel to change לכ → ־לכTwo words connected by maqqaf are connected grammatically
• E.g., a negative and what it negates יתיאר־אל• E.g., a preposition and its object ץראה־לע• E.g., a verb and its subject רקב־יהיו
Maqqaf clarifies meaning but does not change it.
3.10
Sof Pasuq ׃
Sof pasuq ( קוספ ףXס ׃ (• Means ‘end of verse’
Appearance
• Looks like a colon ׃• Occurs after the last word of every verse• E.g., Genesis 1:1–2
והת התיה ץראהו ׃ץראה תאו םימשה תא םיה^א ארב תישארב׃םימה ינפ־לע תפחרמ םיה^א חורו םXהת ינפ־לע fשחו והבו
3.11 Paseq ׀
Paseq ( קספ ) is a vertical line ׀ between two words. רXאל ׀םיה^א
Paseq looks like it is important, but it is not.
• Some occurrences are part of certain minor accents.• Other occurrences are not part of an accent; no consensus on their meaning.• I only mention it because students wonder about it when they see it.
All you need to remember about paseq is to ignore it.
• You do NOT need to remember the name ”paseq.”
3.12
Paragraph Markers ס פEnglish paragraph mark is ¶ ‘pilcrow’
Hebrew paragraph marks are and פ and ס
• Usually follow sof pasuq יו פ ׃דחא םXי רמא• Sometimes occur within a verse תנשבפ ויתחת
יתאסיתפטנה• No significant distinction in meaning between פ and ס• Both indicate the end of a paragraph
• Occasionally ס occurs after each item in a list
3.13 Furtive Patah Changes Pronunciation but Not Meaning◌ is the A-class vowel patah
Patah under the last consonant of the word is called furtive patah
• E.g., חור חמצת , עיקר , עודמ , הXלא , הנ ,• Pronounced BEFORE its consonant• E.g., חור is ruakh (not rukha)• In most fonts, furtive patah is shifted to the right instead of centered
• It occurs if a word ends in ה ,ח, or ע, and the preceding vowel is not A-class• So it disappears if an ending is added. E.g., חור → תXחור
Furtive patah is meaningless. It is not a vowel. It just marks pronunciation.
3.14
Accents
3.15 We Need to Know which Vowel is Accented
Goal at this time: Detect which vowel is accented
• Correct pronunciation (stress)
• Accent shift may cause spelling changes לכ vs. ־לכ• Accent distinguishes certain verb forms המק vs. המק
Goal in a future lesson: Identify specific accents
• Hebrew has more than 20 different accent marks
• The specific accent mark helps indicate the grouping of words(like commas) דוד vs. דוד
3.16
Accent Rules
1. Every word has ONE accent יתפטנה• Exception: A word that is followed by maqqaf ־ has no accent ־לכ
2. The accent is always on one of the last two full vowels of a word
• Full vowel = any vowel that is not a reduced vowel.• Vocal shva and hataf vowels are reduced vowels, so they are never accented.• Furtive patah and silent shva are not vowels, so do not accent or count them.
3. Most words are accented on the last full vowel המק
Accent
3.17 Detecting which Vowel is Accented in the Bible
The accent is written with the consonant that precedes the accented vowel ומוק• Exception: Some accent symbols occur before or after the entire word,
so they don’t tell us which vowel is accented עיקרה
Almost any non-vowel symbol over or under a consonant is an accentומוק ומוק ומוק ומוק ומוק
If a vowel and accent are under the same consonant, the accent is on the left
• So קידצ has the vowel hiriq-yud י◌ and the accent ◌ (not a tsere ◌)
The leftmost symbol is the accent, unless it is repeated אשדת והת
3.18
Accents in Course Materials: Biblical Text vs. Typed Examples
Examples copied from the Bible show all accents
׃ץראה תאו םימשה תא םיה^א ארב תישארב
Typed examples only write an accent ◌ if it is on the penultimate full vowel
ץראה תאו םימשה תא םיה^א ארב תישארב
• Therefore, a typed word is accented on the last vowel, unless:• The symbol ◌ marks the accent• There is a maqqaf ־ to indicate the absence of an accent
3.19
Disambiguating ◌ and ◌
3.20
Identifying Silent and Vocal Shva ◌Vocal Shva ◌• A reduced vowel with no class
Silent Shva ◌• Not a vowel. It indicates that a consonant has no vowel.
Identifying Silent vs. Vocal Shva
• Word-initial shva is vocal םXהת . tahom (not t-hom)• Word-final shva is silent fשח khoshekh (not khoshekhe)• Shva in the middle of a word can be either silent or vocal.
•We won’t learn the rules
3.21 Qamats vs. Qamats Qatan ◌
The symbol ◌ is ambiguous
• A-class vowel qamats, pronounced like the A in latte• O-class vowel qamats qatan (‘small qamats’), pronounced like the O in go
How do we know which it is?
• Qamats is far more common than qamats qatan (QQ)
• ◌ is QQ if it is unaccented AND
followed by ◌ or a vowelless consonant (no vowel, dagesh ◌, silent shva ◌)
fינעוהגחת ־לכ Xלהא
3.22
Vowel Lettersvs.
Consonantal ה י ו
3.23 He ה is a Vowel Letter if it is Word-Final without Mappiq
He ה vowel letters can only occur at the end of a word
• ה elsewhere is always a consonant, never a vowel letter םיה^אץראה• Word-final ה is a vowel letter הכהנההיהיהתיה
What if a word needs to end in a consonantal he ה?
• Put a mappiq inside the word-final consonantal ה התא
He ה is a vowel letter if it is word-final AND lacks mappiq.
• He ה is a consonant everywhere else (i.e., not word-final or has mappiq).
3.24
Hebrew Words Alternate Consonants and Vowels
Hebrew vowels are always separated by a consonant.
• Never two vowels in a row. (Furtive patah חור is not a vowel)
Hebrew consonants are always separated by a vowel or silent shva. תלטק• Never two consonants in a row.• Except alef א drops silent shva (Quiescent Alef) תארק → תארק
3.25 Is ו Shuruq or Vav-with-Dagesh?1. הוצ2. יתיוק3. ורוס4. וברו5. הואתמ6. ןולבות7. יעושב8. והושרדו
Vav-with-dagesh
Vav-with-dagesh
Shuruq Shuruq
Shuruq Shuruq
Vav-with-dagesh
Shuruq Shuruq
Vav-with-dagesh
Shuruq Shuruq Shuruq
Hebrew words alternate consonants and vowels.
3.26
Is , Holam-Vav or Consonantal-Vav-with-Holam?
1. תXנב2. בXט3. תXצמ4. ןXע5. תXכרב6. תXשק7. תXרא8. Xמש
Holam-Vav
Holam-Vav
Consonantal-Vav-with-Holam
Consonantal-Vav-with-Holam
Holam-Vav
Consonantal-Vav-with-Holam
Consonantal-Vav-with-Holam
Holam-Vav
Hebrew words alternate consonants and vowels.
3.27 Rule to Disambiguate Yud
Is Yud a consonant or a vowel letter in ינב and ינב and יצXן ?
• The rule about alternating consonants and vowels is insufficient.
Recall that ◌י י◌ , , and ◌י are the only yud vowel letters
• E.g., ◌י is never a vowel letter, so the yud in ינב must be a consonant
New rule: ◌י י◌ , , and ◌י are vowel letters wherever possible.
• Dagesh always goes in a consonant, never in a vowel.• Never two vowels in a row, so a vowel letter never has its own vowel.• Thus ◌י י◌ , , and ◌י are vowel letters unless yud has dagesh or a vowel.
3.28
Is Yud a Vowel Letter or a Consonant?
1. הישעמ2. ןXיצ3. תיב4. םירבד5. דריש6. oינפ7. ינב
Consonantal Yud (Never 2 vowels in a row)
Consonantal Yud (Dagesh is always in a consonant)
Vowel Letter Tsere-Yud
Vowel Letter Hiriq-Yud
Consonantal Yud (Dagesh is always in a consonant)
Vowel Letter Segol-Yud
Consonantal Yud (The only Yud vowel letters are ◌י / י◌ / י◌ )
י◌ י◌ , , and ◌י are vowel letters unless Yud has a dagesh or vowel.
3.29 Next Tasks
1. Understand and memorize the grammar types of dagesh, etc.
• Anki RBH_Grammar custom study (‘New cards only’, tag 03)• ‘New cards only’ will add these cards to your review schedule.
2. Practice applying the grammar• Anki RBH_Workbook custom study (‘don’t reschedule’, tag 03)
3. Practice sounding out words while learning new vocabulary• Anki RBH_Vocabulary custom study (‘New cards only’, tag 03)• ‘New cards only’ will add these cards to your review schedule.
• The vocabulary for lessons 2–4 are the proper nouns that occur 50+ times.
3.30
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Lesson 4:Proper Nouns
2021.06.30
Goals
Understand:
• Plene vs. Defective Spelling
• How to guess the English name for a Hebrew proper noun
• Why הוהי is translated LORD, GOD, Jehovah, and Yahweh
4.2
Plene vs. Defective Spelling
4.3 Plene & Defective Are Merely Spelling VariationsPlene Spelling Defective Spelling
Vowel Leter Vowel Point
י◌ ◌
י◌ ◌
י◌ ◌
◌( ◌
ו◌ ◌
ה◌ ◌
Certain vowel letters interchange with corresponding vowel points
• דיוד ↔ דוד David
• בא)י ↔ באי Joab
• התלטק ↔ תלטק (a verb form)
These are merely alternate spellings
• Plene spelling has the vowel letter• Defective spelling has the vowel point
ה◌/ה◌/ה◌ Never defective
4.4
Word-Final Vowels are Always Vowel Letters ( Or Qamats ◌ )
Rule: A word-final vowel is either a vowel letter or qamats.
This is why ה◌ and ה◌ and ◌ה are never written defectively.
• E.g., Jericho is written חירי( ( and once as החירי ), but never * חירי
Word-final ◌ה is far more common than word-final qamats ◌
• This defective spelling ◌ is restricted to specific words.
• So when you learn a word or paradigm form that ends in ◌ה ,do not expect it to have a defective spelling with qamats.
4.5 Be Able to Recognize Either Plene or Defective
Plene and defective spelling are simply spelling variations.• There is no effect on pronunciation or meaning.
You will memorize words and forms in either defective or plene spelling• The vocabulary and paradigms use the most common spelling.
Be able to recognize words either way
• The vocabulary list has דוד ‘David’, but recognize דיוד also
• The vocabulary list has בא)י ’Joab’, but recognize באי also
• We will memorize the verb form תלטק , but recognize התלטק also
4.6
English Spelling of Hebrew Proper Nouns
4.7 Most Hebrew Proper Nouns Sound Similar in English
Some proper nouns are so different that they must be memorized individually• םרא Syria
Most sound similar to English• =למיבא Abimelech• דוד David
Some conversions to English follow rules you might not expect • הדוהי Judah
The endings הי and והי are used equivalently• הימרי והימרי & Jeremiah
• ןענכ Canaan• ילתפנ Naphtali
• ףס)י Joseph
• םירצמ Egypt
4.8
Most Vowels in Proper Nouns Come into English as Expected
A vowels → A (e.g., ילתפנ = Naphtali) ◌ ◌ ◌
E vowels → E (e.g., רתסא = Esther) י◌ י◌ ◌ ◌ ◌
I vowels → I (rarely E) י◌ ◌
O vowels →O ◌ ◌ ◌ ◌(
U vowels → U ו◌ ◌
Shva → E or Omitted ◌
4.9 Most Hebrew Consonants Come into English as Expectedנ N א Omittedס S ב /ב Bע Omitted ג Gפ P ד Dפ PH ה H or Omitedצ Z ו Vק K or C ז Zר R ח Hש S ט Tש S or SH י I (J if word-initial)ת T כ /כ CH (rarely K or C)ת TH ל L
מ M
=למיבא → Abimelech
ןתנ)הי → Jonathan
ן)רבח →Hebron
עדי)הי → Jehoiada
ן)יצ → Zion
לואש → Saul
4.10
Endings ◌והי◌ / הי◌ / והי◌ / הי → IAH or JAH
Jeremiahהימרי
והימרי
Zedekiahהיקדצ
והיקדצ
Elijahהילא
והילא
4.11
The Name הוהי
4.12
Vowels on God’s Name הוהי Indicate Substitute WordReverence for the name
→ Do not say the name lightly→ Substitute another word in speech (e.g., “the LORD”)
Usually substitute the title ינדא ‘Lord’
• LXX translation κύριος “lord.” English translation “the LORD”• Write the vowels of ינדא ( ◌◌◌ ) → ה)הי or הוהי
Substitute the noun אKםיה ‘God’ if ינדא הוהי or הוהי ינדא• Write the vowels of אKםיה .→ ה)הי or הוהי
• LXX translation θεὸς “God.” English translation “the LORD God“
4.13 Pronouncing הוהי as ‘Jehovah’The name הוהי occurs 6828 times
The KJV translates הוהי as ‘Jehovah’ 4 Times
• The rest of the time, the KJV translates it ‘LORD’ or ‘GOD’
The KJV also translates these combination-names once each:
• Jehovahjireh (Jehovah will provide), Jehovahnissi (Jehovah is my banner), Jehovashalom (Jehovah is peace)
‘Jehovah’ comes from converting ה)הי to English letters just like other names
• Initial yud→ J, vocal shva→ E, etc.• This is an attempt to transliterate it as a name rather than substituting a title.• The original vowels aren’t there, so they used the substitute vowels ( ינדא )
4.14
People Used to Say the Name הוהי• And behold, Boaz came from Bethlehem. And he said to the reapers,
“ הוהי be with you!” And they answered, “ הוהי bless you.“ (Ruth 2:4)
16 times in the book of Ruth
• But Naomi said to her two daughters-in-law, “Go, return each of you to her mother's house. May הוהי deal kindly with you, as you have dealt with the dead and with me.” (Ruth 1:8)
Elsewhere too
• And [Ehud] said to them, “Follow after me, for הוהי has given your enemies the Moabites into your hand.“ (Judges 3:28)
4.15 Pronouncing הוהי as ‘Yahweh’
The pronunciation ‘Yahweh’ הוהי is based on three lines of evidence:
• Short form is הי ‘ya’ or הי ‘yah’• Based on the verb היה in Exodus 3:14 ‘I am who I am,’
the final ה would be the vowel letter ◌ה ‘e’• Greek transcriptions ΙΑΟΥΑΙ and ΙΑΒΕ
Caveat: Pronunciation changes over time
• Moses, David, and Ezra may have pronounced it differently from each other.• Verb היה ‘to be’ may have been spelled יוה in Moses’ day.• So the name may have been spelled יוהי in Moses’ day.
4.16
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Lesson 5:Adjectives
2021.07.01
Goal: Learn to Parse Adjectives
Spelling Principles• Reduction of Qamats and Tsere• Loss of Word-Final Dagesh• Treat certain vowels as equivalent
Concepts• Lexical form• Gender• Number
Parsing Adjectives (The grammar of adjectives is lesson 9)
5.2
Spelling Principles
5.3 Qamats and Tsere Reduce if Too Far from the Accent
Qamats and tsere reduce if a full vowel separates it from the accent• ◌→ ◌ vocal shva * םיעשר .→ םיעשר• ◌→ ◌ or ◌ or ◌ under a guttural * םימכח .→ םימכח
This typically happens when the accent moves due to an ending• E.g., עשר → * םיעשר → םיעשר• E.g., םכח → * םימכח → םימכח
Therefore, we may need to restore qamats (or tsere) after removing an ending• E.g., םיעשר → * עשר → עשר• E.g., םימכח → * םכח → םכח
5.4
→ םיעשר
Tsere is much rarer.If in doubt, guess qamats.
Doubling Dagesh Drops if Word Final (No Vowel After It)
“Dagesh doubles if preceded by a vowel (not shva).”
Doubling dagesh needs a vowel before AND after it.
Therefore, after removing an ending, remove word-final doubling dagesh.
• E.g., םיבר → * בר → בר• E.g., םייח → * יח → יח
5.5 Ignore Vowel Substitutions within a Box Unless Instructed Otherwise
Class SoundVowel Letters Vowel Points
Full Vowels Reduced Vowels
A latte ה◌ qamats he ◌ qamats ◌ patah ◌ hataf patah
E betה◌ segol heה◌ tsere he
י◌ segol yudי◌ tsere yud
◌ tsere ◌ segol ◌ hataf segol
I beet י◌ hiriq yud ◌ hiriq
O go ה◌ holam he ◌, holam vav ◌ holam ◌ qamats qatan ◌ hataf qamats
U goo ו◌ shuruq ◌ qubuts
None abide ◌ vocal shva
• E.g., The adjective יח is often spelled יח ◌↔ ◌• E.g., The verb form לטק is spelled לטק for several verbal roots ◌↔ ◌• E.g., The noun לכ becomes ־לכ (qq) with maqqaf ◌↔ ◌ (qq)
↔
↔
↔
Concepts
(Lexical Form, Gender, Number)
5.7 The Lexical Form of a Word is the Dictionary Form
Lexical form
• The form that appears in a dictionary• The form used in the vocabulary flashcards• For adjectives it is the masculine singular [no prefix or suffix, absolute state]
Example
• Lexical form: ל<דג ‘great’ (masculine, singular, absolute)• NOT the feminine singular form הל<דג• NOT with a pronominal suffix םל<דג or the article ל<דגה• NOT the construct state ל<דג
5.8
Gender: Every Adjective is Either Masculine or Feminine
The Hebrew language has two genders:
• Feminine (F)• Masculine (M)• No neuter!
Every occurrence of an adjective is either masculine or feminine.
Adjective gender matches what the adjective describes
• E.g., ‘Great’ is feminine in ‘a great woman’• E.g., ‘Great’ is masculine in ‘a great man’
5.9 Number: Every Adjective is Either Singular or Plural
Hebrew adjectives have two possible numbers:
• Singular (S)• Plural (P)
Every occurrence of an adjective is either singular or plural.
Adjective number matches what the adjective describes
• E.g., ‘Great’ is singular in ‘a great woman’• E.g., ‘Great’ is plural in ‘great women’
5.10
Abbreviation: GN = Gender and Number
In course materials, ‘GN’ means ‘gender and number’
• E.g., ‘An adjective matches the GN of the noun it describes.’
• E.g., ‘The ending on an adjective indicates its GN.’
5.11
Parsing Adjectives
5.12
Parsing Adjectives
In this course, to ‘parse’ a Hebrew word means to report the following:
• Lexical form• Properties like gender and number• Prefixes and suffixes
Translation is not part of parsing.
Parsing adjectives
• ב<ט = ב<ט MS• הב<טה = ב<ט FS+the
5.13
Number Gender Ending
Singular
Masculine None
Feminineה◌
ת◌
PluralMasculine םי◌
Feminine ת<◌
Number Gender Ending Comment
Singular
Masculine None Lexical form for most adjectives
Feminineה◌ Never defective
ת◌ Any vowel & accent except ◌>ת
PluralMasculine םי◌ Can be defective: ◌ם
Feminine ת<◌ Can be defective: ◌ת
Example
ב<ט
הב<ט
תרחא
םיב<ט
ת<ב<ט
ב<ט
ב<ט
רחא
ב<ט
ב<ט
Memorize the accent location. E.g., Unaccented ◌ה has a different meaning.
Ending Indicates the Gender and Number (GN) of an Adjective 5.14
# G Ending
S
M None
Fה◌ת◌
PM םי◌F ת<◌
Finding the Lexical Form, Gender, & Number of an Adjective
The ending tells us the GN (gender and number).
• E.g., הל<דג ends in ה◌ , so it is FS.
Remove the ending to find the lexical form.
• E.g., Remove ה◌ from הל<דג to get ל<דג• Exact spelling of the lexical form is unnecessary.
• Just get close enough to recognize the vocabulary word.
# G Ending
S
M None
Fה◌ת◌
PM םי◌F ת<◌
5.15 Spelling Adjustments to Get Closer to the Lexical Form
If we don’t recognize the lexical form after removing the ending,adjust the spelling until we can recognize the vocabulary word:
1. Remove word-final doubling dagesh םייח .→ * יח → יח
2. Perhaps restore ◌ (rarely ◌) that was reduced םיקזח .→ * קזח → קזח
3. Perhaps change equivalent vowels ◌↔ ◌ ◌↔ ◌ ◌↔ ◌qq יח → יח
4. Perhaps switch to plene or defective spelling לדג → ל<דג
5. Add word-initial meaningless dagesh in פ כ ב דבכ → דבכ
5.16
Examples: Parsing Adjectives
1. ב<ט2. הב<ט3. םיב<ט4. םקידצ5. ת<בט6. תבט7. תרחא8. םיבר9. םימכח10. יח
ב<ט MS No ending, so MSב<ט FS FS ending ◌הב<ט MP MP ending ◌םיקידצ MP Defective MP ending ◌םב<ט FP Defective spelling בטב<ט FP Defective FP ending ◌תרחא FS FS ending ת. Swap ◌↔ ◌בר MP Delete word-final doubling dagesh (* בר → בר )םכח MP Restore qamats from reduced vowel (ח→ (חיח MS Ignore the shift between Patah and Qamats
1.2.3.4.5.6.7.8. בר9. ח10. ח
5.17
# G Ending
S
M None
Fה◌ת◌
PM םי◌F ת<◌
Next Tasks
1. Memorize the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 05
2. Understand and memorize the adjective paradigm (partial)
• RBH_Paradigms.pdf → Adjective Endings, 3 Leftmost Columns• RBH_Worksheets.pdf → Adjective Endings, 3 Leftmost Columns• hebrewsyntax.org/rbh → Adjective paradigm quiz, ‘bare, absolute state’
3. Understand and memorize the grammar Anki RBH_Grammar tag 05
4. Practice applying the grammar to the vocab Anki RBH_Workbook tag 05
5.18
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 6:Prefixes (Vav, Interrogative, Article)
2021.07.04
Goal: Learn to Parse and Translate Adjectives with these Prefixes
Starting now: Memorize the vocabulary before watching the lecture.
Spelling Rules
• Word-initial ◌י comes from ◌י• Compensatory lengthening• Reasons to drop doubling dagesh
Spelling & Translation of 3 Common Prefixes
• Conjunction Vav• Interrogative• Article
6.2
Spelling Rules
6.3 Word-Initial ◌י Comes from ◌י
Almost no multi-vowel words have ◌י as the first vowel in the lexical form
• There are several single-vowel words with ◌י E.g., שיא ריע ,
Rule: When parsing a multi-vowel word, try changing word-initial ◌י to ◌י
• E.g., הדוהיב is from * הדוהיב
• E.g., םירשיו is from * םירשיו
6.4
Memorize these Terms and the Compensatory Lengthening Patterns
G = Guttural ע ח הא =
GR = Guttural or Resh ע ח הא ר =
SQN = SQiN eM LeVY י ו ל מ נ קצסשש =
Compensatory lengthening
• Vowel change when the next consonant was forced to drop doubling dagesh.• ◌◌ ← ◌◌ If we see ◌◌ , it might have been ◌◌ that lost dagesh.• ◌◌ ← ◌◌ If we see ◌◌ , it might have been ◌◌ that lost dagesh.• ◌◌ ← ◌◌ If we see ◌◌ , it might have been ◌◌ that lost dagesh.
6.5 Three Ways to Lose Doubling Dagesh
1. Word-final doubling dagesh always lost. םיבר .→ * בר .→ בר
Ø Forced loss, so maybe compensatory lengthening. maybe→ בר
2. GR always reject dagesh. יח + prefix ה◌ → * יחה → יחה
Ø Forced loss, so maybe compensatory lengthening. maybe→ יחה
3. SQN with ◌ might reject doubling dagesh. םינטקה maybe→ םינטקה
Ø Never compensatory lengthening. NEVER→ * םינטקה
6.6
Word-final = any consonant that ends a word and lacks a vowel * םי
GR = guttural or resh רעחהא = ח*
SQN with shva = consonant is י ו ל מ נ קצסשש and has shva ל
Location of Doubling Dagesh Lose Doubling Dagesh? Compensatory Lengthening?
Word-final ALWAYS FORCED maybe
GR ALWAYS FORCED maybe
SQN with shva maybe NEVER
Location of Doubling Dagesh Lose Doubling Dagesh? Compensatory Lengthening?
Word-final ALWAYS FORCED maybe
GR ALWAYS FORCED maybe
SQN with shva maybe NEVER
Location of Doubling Dagesh Lose Doubling Dagesh? Compensatory Lengthening?
Word-final ALWAYS FORCED maybe
GR ALWAYS FORCED maybe
SQN with shva maybe NEVER
Location of Doubling Dagesh Lose Doubling Dagesh? Compensatory Lengthening?
Word-final ALWAYS FORCED maybe
GR ALWAYS FORCED maybe
SQN with shva maybe NEVER
Summary: Compensatory Lengthening & Loss of Doubling Dagesh 6.7
Conjunction Vav
6.8
Vav at the Beginning of a Word is the Conjunction VavSpelling• Lexical form is ו• Depending on the following consonant and vowel, it is written ו ו יו ו ו ו ו
Location• Always the first consonant of a word• It can be prefixed to any word: noun, adjective, verb, …• Vav at the beginning of a word is always the conjunction. This includes Shuruq• Exceptions: 10 words with a total of 31 occurrences• וו ‘hook’ 13x (all in Exodus 26, 27, 36, 38)• יתשו ‘Vashti’ 10x (all in Esther 1 & 2)
6.9 The Conjunction Vav Has Many Translations
Most common translation is ‘and’
(Gen 1:1) ׃ץראה תאו םימשה תא םיהIא ארב תישארב
In the beginning, God created the heavens and the earth
Often left untranslated
• Most Hebrew sentences begin with ו• Bad English style to start every sentence with ‘and’
Other translations
• but, or, also, even, so, then, with, namely, …
6.10
Parse & Translate Words with Conjunction Vav
1. בOטו
2. ערו
3. םיעשרו
4. םירשיו
5. הדוהיו
בOט MS+vav and good
ער MS+vav and evil
עשר MP+vav and wicked
רשי MP+vav and upright (from םירשיו )
הדוהי +vav and Judah from ( הדוהיו )
6.11
Interrogative He
6.12
Interrogative He Begins a Word
The interrogative He is a consonantal He ה that is prefixed to a word.• It can be prefixed to any word except an imperative verb.
When it occurs, it is always the first consonant of a word• Always first, just like the conjunction vav• Never both the conjunction vav and the interrogative on the same word
Spelling: ה ה ה• ה normal spelling• ה before shva• ה or ה before a guttural
6.13 Interrogative He ה Asks ‘Yes or No?’
The question can be direct and literal
’?Do you have a father or a brother‘חא־Oא בא םכל־שיה•
The question can be rhetorical instead of literal
’?Am I my brother’s keeper‘יכנא יחא רמשה•
The question can be indirect (translated ‘whether’ or ‘if’)
ל־םא ויתOצמ רמשתה• whether‘׃א you will keep his commands or not’
ל־םא ושע ינב הז התאה• whether‘׃א you are my son Esau or not’
6.14
Examples: Parsing & Translating Words with the Interrogative
1. הבOטה
2. םכחה
3. טעמה
בOט FS+? good?
םכח MS+? wise?
טעמ MS+? little?
6.15
Article
6.16
The Article is Prefixed ה◌
The normal spelling of the article is a prefixed ◌ה בOטה
• Article follows conjunction vav בOטהו
• Article never occurs on the same word as the interrogative He ה
Spelling changes if lose dagesh
• ה if SQiN eM LeVY with shva drops dagesh either ראיה or ראיה
• ה before GR (if no compensatory lengthening) * יחה → יחה
• ה before GR usually (compensatory lengthening) * ערה → ערה
• ה before ח or unaccented ע / ה * םכחה . → םכחה
6.17
Article Either Interrogative◌ה ה
Article Either Interrogative◌ה הה
Article Either Interrogative◌ה ה or ה הה
Article Either Interrogative◌ה ה or ה הה
after the conjunction ו
Article Either Interrogative◌ה ה or ה הה
after the conjunction וBefore ןמ ל כ ב
On a negativeOn a finite verb
Article Either Interrogative◌ה ה or ה הה
after the conjunction וBefore ןמ ל כ ב
On a negativeOn a finite verb
27,283 articles on adjectives & nouns vs. 168 interrogatives.
Distinguishing Article ה from Interrogative ה 6.18
Default: Translate the Article as ‘the’
By default, translate the article as ‘the’
• E.g., טהOב ‘the good’
Often left untranslated
It has various meanings and uses that we will discuss as they come up
6.19 Examples: Parse & Translate Words with a Prefix
1. םילדגה
2. םיבOטה
3. ׀היחה
4. תOערה
5. םכחה
6. םימכחהו
לOדג MP+the the great
בOט MP+? good?
יח FS+(the/?) the living OR living?
ער FP+the the evil
םכח MS+(the/?) the wise OR wise?
םכח MP+the+vav and the wise [never ?+vav]
6.20
Summary
When analyzing a multi-vowel word, switch word-initial ◌י to י◌
Compensatory lengthening: ◌◌ → ◌◌ , ◌◌ → ◌◌ , ◌◌ → ◌◌
• Maybe occurs if forced loss of dagesh.
Three ways to lose doubling dagesh:
• Word-final always drop doubling dagesh• GR always drop doubling dagesh רעחהא
• SQN+shva maybe drop doubling dagesh י ו ל מ נ ק צסשש
How to identify and translate conjunction vav, interrogative, article
6.21 Next Tasks
0. Memorize the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 06
1. Understand and memorize the grammar Anki RBH_Grammar tag 06
2. Practice applying the grammar to the vocab Anki RBH_Workbook tag 06
Review daily whatever vocabulary and grammar Anki says is due.Review paradigms at ever-increasing intervals.
6.22
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 7:Nouns (Part 1)
2021.07.10
Goal: Learn to Parse Nouns
Noun Features
• Gender
• Lexical Form
• Number
Parsing Nouns
7.2
Nouns Have Fixed Gender
Every adjective can occur in both masculine and feminine forms
• E.g., ב"ט and םיב"ט are masculine. הב"ט and ת"ב"ט are feminine.
Every noun has a single, fixed gender. The gender never changes.
• E.g., בא ‘father’ is always masculine. There is no feminine form.
• E.g., המחלמ ‘battle’ is always feminine. There is no masculine form.
The gender of a noun sets the gender of other words:
• E.g., “A pious mother prays.” → “mother” is FS, so “pious” and “prays” are FS.
7.3 The Lexical Form of a Hebrew Noun is its Singular
Adjectives: The lexical form is masculine singular. יח ל"דג ב"ט
Nouns: The lexical form is singular, but the gender varies.
• E.g., ‘father’ lexical form is MS בא• E.g., ‘battle’ lexical form is FS המחלמ
Why are nouns and adjectives different in the gender of the lexical form?
• Every adjective has a masculine form and can occur in either gender.• Every noun can only occur in a single gender.• Feminine nouns have no masculine form. Their lexical form is FS.
7.4
Nouns are Singular or Plual. Some Nouns Can Be Dual.
Adjectives are singular or plural.
Nouns are singular, plural, or dual.
The dual is rare
• <2% of all noun occurrences in the Bible are dual.
The dual is restricted to certain nouns
• Nouns are the only kind of word that can be dual.• All other word types are either singular or plural.
• Only certain nouns can occur in the dual.
7.5 The Dual Has Two Uses, Corresponding to Two Types of Nouns
For things that come in a natural pair, the dual means plural.
• Such words never use the plural. They use the dual instead.• E.g., די ‘hand’ never occurs in the plural. It is either singular or dual.• The singular is used for one hand.• The dual is used for two or more hands (2 hands, 3 hands, 500 hands, …).
For units of measurement, the dual means 2.
• הנש ‘year’ can be singular (1 year), dual (2 years), or plural (‘years’)• המא ‘cubit’ can be singular (1 cubit), dual (2 cubits), or plural (‘cubits’)
• האמ ‘hundred’ can be singular (100), dual (200), or plural (‘hundreds’)
7.6
Parsing Nouns
7.7 Parsing Nouns and Adjectives = Lexical Form, GN“Parsing” an adjective or a noun means to indicate:
• Lexical form• Gender• Number• Any prefixes and suffixes ◌ה ה ו
For adjectives, this is easy:
• The ending indicates the gender and number• Removing the ending indicates the lexical form (possibly with vowel changes)
Nouns are similar, but there are two complications …
7.8
Some Noun Endings Do Not Guarantee Gender
Every adjective can occur in either gender.
→ Adjective endings unambiguously indicate the gender.
Every noun has a fixed gender. E.g., בא ‘father’ is always masculine.
→ We don’t need the ending to know the gender of a noun.
→ Some nouns use the endings of the other gender.
• E.g., ת"בא “fathers” uses the "ת ending in the plural,
even though it is masculine.
7.9 Number Gender Ending Comment
Singular
M None
Fה◌ Never defective
ת◌ Any vowel & accent except ◌"ת
PluralM םי◌ Can be defective: ◌ם
F ת"◌ Can be defective: ◌ת
Number Gender Ending Comment
Singular
Usually M None
Fה◌ Never defective
ת◌ Any vowel & accent except ◌"ת
PluralUsually M םי◌ Can be defective: ◌ם
Usually F ת"◌ Can be defective: ◌ת
Number Gender Ending Comment
Singular
Usually M None
M ה◌
Fה◌ Never defective
ת◌ Any vowel & accent except ◌"ת
Dual?? םי◌ Can have qamats: ◌םי
F םית◌ Can have qamats: ◌םי
PluralUsually M םי◌ Can be defective: ◌ם
Usually F ת"◌ Can be defective: ◌ת
Exampleבאהדש
הנש
תירב
םידי
םיתנש
םינש
ת"בא
באדש
נש
רב
די
נש
נש
בא
7.10
Patterns in the Noun-Ending Paradigm Number Gender Ending
Singular
Usually M None
M ה◌
Fה◌
ת◌
Dual?? םי◌
F םית◌
PluralUsually M םי◌
Usually F ת"◌
1. Contains the adjective endings.
2. Endings always indicate the number.
3. Singular endings indicate the gender.
4. Dual nouns end in ◌םי
Memorize this noun-ending paradigm
Parsing Nouns: Ending Indicates Number
Singular if ending: none, ◌ה ה◌ , ת◌ ,• בא הדש , הפש , תאטח ,
Dual if ending: םי◌ םית , ( םי◌ םית , )
• םידי , םיתפש ( םידי םיתפש , )
Plural if ending: םי◌ ת"◌ , ( ם◌ ת◌ , )
• םיאיבנ ת"בא , ( םאיבנ תבא , )
N G Ending
S
M? None
M ה◌
Fה◌
ת◌
D? םי◌
F םית◌
PM? םי◌
F? ת"◌
7.12
Parsing Nouns: Singular Ending Indicates Gender
• ה◌ is M הדש
• ה◌ is F הפש הנש המחלמ
• ת◌ is F תרמשמ תוכלמ תעד תירב תאטח
• Except: 2 masculine nouns [M] end in ת תומ תיב
• Endingless is M םעאיבנ רבדן"דא בא
• Unless you memorize otherwise שפנ דיםא
• Endingless feminine nouns are marked [F] in vocabulary
N G Ending
S
M? None
M ה◌
Fה◌
ת◌
D? םי◌
F םית◌
PM? םי◌
F? ת"◌
Find the Lexical Form of a Noun
1. Remove all prefixes and suffixes רבדה → רבד
2. Remove dual or plural ending ת"בא → בא
3. Add singular ending ת"מחלמ → * םחלמ → המחלמ
• ה◌ is the most common singular ending.
• Other options: * המחלמ , * תמחלמ , * תימחלמ , …
4. Adjust the spelling if needed םינדא → * ןדא → ן"דא
Just get close enough to recognize the word.
N G Ending
S
M? None
M ה◌
Fה◌
ת◌
D? םי◌
F םית◌
PM? םי◌
F? ת"◌
7.14
Examples: Parse & Translate Nouns
1. בא
2. ת"בא
3. הנשה
4. םיתנש
5. םינש
6. די
7. םידי
בא MS father
בא MP fathers masculine noun with "ת plural
הנש FS+the the year
הנש FD 2 years measurement word, so dual means 2
הנש FP years feminine noun with ◌םי plural
די FS hand feminine noun with endingless singular
די FD hands natural pair, so dual means plural
7.15 Lesson Summary
Gender: Every noun is masculine or feminine. It never changes. המא רבד
Number: Every noun can occur in the singular and the plural. Some can be dual.
• Uses of the dual: 2 of a unit of measure ( הנש ). Plural of natural pairs ( די ).
The lexical form of a noun is singular. The gender depends on the noun.
The noun endings are based on the adjective endings.
• Certain endings have uncertain gender.• The singular ending tells us the gender. Endingless is M unless marked [F]• Additional endings: MS ◌ה . Dual םית and ◌םי
7.16
Next Tasks
0. Memorize the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 07
1. Understand and memorize the noun paradigm (partial)
• RBH_Paradigms.pdf →Noun Endings, 3 Leftmost Columns• RBH_Worksheets.pdf →Noun Endings, 3 Leftmost Columns• hebrewsyntax.org/rbh →Noun paradigm quiz, ‘bare, absolute state’
2. Understand and memorize the grammar Anki RBH_Grammar tag 07
3. Practice applying the grammar to the vocab Anki RBH_Workbook tag 07
7.17
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 8:Nouns (Part 2)
2021.07.12
Goal: Learn to Analyze & Translate Nouns that Have Complications
Nouns with a plural lexical form םימשםימםינפםיה#א
Nouns with inconsistent gender 2רד is MF
Noun Suffix: Locative ה הריע → ריע
Issues in finding the approximate lexical form
• Add singular ending if needed ת7מחלמ → * םחלמ → המחלמ
• Remove word-final doubling dagesh if no ending םימי → םי
• Vowel changes םירבד → רבד
• Major changes םישנ → השא
8.2
Nouns with a plural lexical form
8.3 4 Nouns Have a Plural Lexical FormThe lexical form of a noun is normally the singular.
BUT 4 nouns in our vocabulary list never occur in the singular.
• Their lexical form is plural.• Their meaning is sometimes singular and sometimes plural.1. םיה#א ‘God’ or ‘gods’2. םינפ ‘face’ or ‘faces’3. םימ ‘water’ or ‘waters’4. םימש ‘heaven’ or ‘sky’ or ‘heavens’ or ‘skies’
םימ .and םימש . look like they are dual, but lexicons and software call them plural
8.4
Nouns with Inconsistent Gender
8.5 Review: Noun GenderTwo genders
• Feminine and masculine• No neuter
All nouns have a gender
• The gender of a noun is always the same. It does not change.
The gender of a noun sets the gender of other words:
• Adjectives which modify that noun• Pronouns which refer to that noun• Verbs for which that noun is the subject
8.6
Nouns with Inconsistent Gender
Example: 2רד ‘way’
• Usually other words in the sentence treat it as masculine
• הזה 2רדב ‘in this way’ ‘this’ is MS
• Sometimes other words in the sentence treat it as feminine
• הב וכלי 2רדה ‘the way that they will walk in it’ ‘it’ is FS
The spelling of the noun does not change
20 such nouns occur in our vocabulary list
• These nouns are marked [MF] in the vocabulary list and flashcards
8.7
Noun Suffix: Locative ה
8.8
Locative ה is Unaccented ◌הUnaccented ◌ה at the end of a noun (or certain adverbs)• Never accented. Never written defectively. Often preceded by shva• Only occurs on a noun (952x) or adverb (141x).• Never on an adjective, a pronoun, or a verb
Usually indicates direction of motion, so often called the “Directional ה”
• הריע ריע = . + Locative ה to a city
• המירצמ םירצמ = . + Locative ה to Egypt
Sometimes location without motion• המי םי = . + Locative ה ‘to the west’ OR ‘on the west side’
8.9
Issues in finding the approximate lexical form
8.10
Steps to Find the Lexical Form of a Noun
1. Change word-initial ◌י to ◌י הדוהיו → * הדוהיו
2. Remove prefixes, suffixes, & endings that are not part of the lexical form:
a) Remove prefixes (vav, article, ?) רבדהו → רבד +the +vav
b) Remove suffixes (locative ה) המי → * םי . +locHe
c) Remove endings (dual, plural) ת7מחלמ → * םחלמ
3. Add the singular ending if needed * םחלמ → המחלמ
4. Adjust the spelling until it is close enough to recognize …
8.11 Spelling Adjustments in Finding the Lexical FormAlways drop word-final doubling dagesh. ת7מא → * םא → * םא
Maybe change vowelsa) Maybe compensatory lengthening if dropped doubling dagesh
( ◌◌ → ◌◌ , ◌◌ → ◌◌ , ◌◌ → ◌◌ ) * םא → םא
b) Maybe ◌ → ◌ or ◌ םירבד → רבד
c) Maybe ◌◌ → ◌◌ םיכרד → 2רד
d) Internal י◌ → י◌ םיליא → ליא
e) Maybe unpredictable vowel changes
Maybe unpredictable consonantal changes
8.12
Delete Word-Final Doubling Dagesh
Doubling dagesh needs a vowel before AND after it םימע
• So doubling dagesh cannot occur at the end of a word (i.e., no vowel after it)
• E.g., The doubling dagesh is OK in ךארא but not OK in * םע
Therefore, delete word-final doubling dagesh
• םימע → * םע → םע people םימע peoples
• םיפכ → * ףכ → ףכ hand םיפכ hands
8.13 Often Lengthen Preceding Vowel when Lose Doubling Dagesh
Delete word-final doubling dagesh when finding the lexical form• םימע → * םע → םע
Preceding vowel may change when lose doubling dagesh
• םימי → * םי → * םי → םי ( ◌◌ → ◌◌ )
• ת7בל → * בל → * בל → בל ( ◌◌ → ◌◌ )
• םיקח → * קח → * קח → קח ( ◌◌ → ◌◌ )
This is called compensatory lengthening. Memorize these three patterns:
• ◌◌ → ◌◌ ◌◌ → ◌◌ ◌◌ → ◌◌
8.14
Perhaps Convert Reduced Vowel to Qamats or Tsere
Qamats (◌) & Tsere (◌) reduce (→ ◌◌◌◌ ) if a full vowel between it and accent
• E.g., singular רבד → plural * םירבד . → םירבד
Undo this change when finding the lexical form• If the inflected form has an ending but the lexical form does not,
then a reduced vowel in the inflected formmay have been qamats (or tsere) in the inflected form.
Examples• םירבד . has lexical form * רבד → רבד םירבד words/things
• ת7בבל has lexical form * בבל → בבל ת7בבל hearts
8.15 Perhaps Convert ◌◌ to ◌◌
Nouns that begin ◌◌ may have been ◌◌ in the lexical form.
• E.g., םיכרד → * 2רד → 2רד
• ◌◌ is most common. Alternate patterns are ◌◌ , ◌◌ , ◌◌ , ◌◌ , ◌◌
Examples
• םיכרד has lexical form * 2רד → 2רד way
• םיכלמ has lexical form * 2למ → 2למ king
• ת7שפנ has lexical form * שפנ → שפנ self, life, person
8.16
Turn ◌י in the Middle of a Word Into ◌י in the Lexical Form
A word that has י◌ inside it (not at the end) has י◌ in the lexical form
• E.g., םיניע → * ןיע → ןיע eye םיניע eyes
• E.g., םיליא → * ליא → ליא ram םיליא rams
י◌ at the end of a word does not indicate the lexical form יה#א ינב ימי
8.17 Some Nouns Have an Unexpected Vowel Change in the Plural
Sometimes the singular form vowels can’t be predicted from the inflected form.
Such words must be memorized well enough to figure out which word it is:
• E.g., םינב → * ןב → ןב son םינב sons
• E.g., םירע → * רע → ריע city םירע cities
• E.g., םימי → * םי → ם7י day םימי days
vs. םימי . seas
Troublesome plurals have separate flashcards.
8.18
Some Nouns Have an Unexpected Major Change in the Plural
Sometimes the singular form cannot be predicted from the inflected form.
Such words must be memorized well enough to figure out which word it is.
• E.g., םישנא → * שנא → שיא man םישנא men
• E.g., םישנ → * שנ → השא woman םישנ women
• E.g., ת7נב → * ןב → תב daughter ת7נב daughters
vs. םינב . sons
• E.g., םיתב → * תב → תיב house םיתב houses
Troublesome plurals have separate flashcards.
8.19 Examples: Parsing & Translating Nouns
1. הל7אש
2. םיכרד
3. םי ניע
4. םימי
5. םימי
6. םירע
7. םישנא
8. םימ
ל7אש +locHe ‘to Sheol’
2רד MFP ‘ways’ ◌◌ → ◌◌
ןיע MFD ‘eyes’ Internal ◌י → י◌
םי MP ‘seas’ Drop word-final dagesh → lengthen
ם7י MP ‘days’ Vowel change
ריע FP ‘cities’ Vowel change
שיא MP ‘men’ Major change
םימ MP ‘water’ or ‘waters’ Plural lexical form. Looks dual.
8.20
Lesson Summary
A few nouns have a plural lexical form. םימשםימםינפםיה#א
A few nouns have inconsistent gender. Marked [MF]. םינפ ןיע 2רדNouns can have the locative He (unaccented ה◌ ) to indicate direction or location
Tips to help find the lexical form• All the tips for adjectives apply to nouns e.g., undo reduction of ◌
• Remove locative He• It may have an ending in the lexical form! ת◌ ה◌ ה◌
• Vowel changes: Internal ◌י was ◌י , Word-initial ◌◌ might have been ◌◌
• Irregular plurals must be memorized םישנא is from שיא
8.21 Next Tasks
0. Memorize the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 08
• [F] is feminine, despite the lack of a feminine ending.• [M] is masculine, despite the fact that it ends in ת.• [MF] is inconsistent gender.
1. Understand and memorize the grammar Anki RBH_Grammar tag 08
2. Practice applying the grammar to the vocab Anki RBH_Workbook tag 08
Always review old vocabulary and grammar when Anki says to do so.
Practice old paradigms at increasing intervals.
8.22
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 9:The Grammar of Adjectives
2021.07.15
Goal: Understand the Meaning and Grammar of Adjectives
Grammatical terminology• Subject & Predicate• Clause & Phrase• Definite & Indefinite
Three uses of adjectives• Attributive• Predicate• Substantive
The noun םיה#א
9.2
Grammatical Terminology
9.3 A Clause Has a Subject and Predicate. A Phrase Does NOT.
The predicate says what the subject is or does.
A clause has a subject and a predicate. The subject may be implied.
• Explicit subject The third pig worked hard. He was wise.• Implied subject Let me come in! Boil the water!
A phrase is a set of words that function together but do not form a clause.
• Noun phrase the big, bad wolf three little pigs• Prepositional phrase on the roof inside the house• Verbal phrase blew the house down were safe
9.4
A Word is Definite and IndefiniteA Word is Definite if it Refers to a Particular Thing
A word is definite if it refers to a particular thing
• Proper noun David, Jerusalem
• Has the article the man, the city
• Has a pronominal suffix (or is a pronoun) you, her city
• Is in a construct chain where the last word is definite for one of those reasons
An indefinite word does not refer to a particular thing
• It lacks all the features of a definite word a person, a city
This definition is inaccurate linguistically, but it is close enough for our purposes.
9.5
The Three Uses of Adjectives
9.6
Adjectives Have Three Uses: Attributive, Predicate, & Substantive
Attributive use: Describes any noun. Part of a noun phrase. Not a predicate.• E.g., “Arise, go to Nineveh, the great city.”• E.g., “Wicked men have killed a righteous man.”
Predicate use: Describes the subject of a clause by forming its predicate.• E.g., “You are great!” [Time from context: You (were/are/will be) great.]• E.g., “All his officials will be wicked.”
Substantive use: Functions as a noun that has the property of the adjective.• E.g., “You shall not … defer to the great.”• E.g., “You shall not join hands with a wicked [person].”
9.7 A Substantive Adjective Refers to a Person or Thing, NOT a Concept
Substantive use: Substitutes for a noun.• E.g., “You shall not … defer to the great [people].”• E.g., “You shall not join hands with a wicked [person].”
A substantive adjective means a person or thing that is characterized by that adj.
• E.g., ל+דג means ‘a great person’ or ‘a great thing’.
It does NOT refer to the abstract concept of the characteristic itself.
• E.g., The concept ‘greatness’ is the noun הלודג , NOT a substantive adjective.
9.8
Adjectives are Always Associated with a Noun (or Noun Substitute)
Attributive adjective: Associated with the noun it modifies• E.g., “Arise, go to Nineveh, the great city.”• ‘Great’ is associated with the noun ‘city’, since it modifies it.
Predicate adjective: Associated with the subject of the clause• E.g., “You are great!”• ‘Great’ is associated with the pronoun ‘you’ that is the subject of the clause
Substantive adjective: Associated with the noun it replaces• E.g., “You shall not … defer to the great.”• ‘Great’ replaces the noun ‘person’
9.9 GN of an Adjective Always Agree with its Noun
Attributive adjective: Matches the GN of the noun it modifies• E.g., “the great city”• ‘Great’ is FS to describe the FS noun ‘city’
Predicate adjective: Matches the GN of the subject of the clause• E.g., “You are great!”• ‘Great’ is MS to describe the MS subject ‘you’
Substantive adjective: Matches the GN of the noun it replaces• E.g., “You shall not … defer to the great.”• ‘Great’ is MS to refer to a MS person
9.10
Adjective Matches Noun in GN
Adjective matches the gender and number of its noun
• A great nation ל+דג י+ג MS
• A great woman הל+דגהשא FS
• Great nations םילדג םי+ג MP
• Great battles ת+לדג ת+מחלמ FP
Adjective does not necessarily match the ending of its noun
• A great city הל+דג ריע FS
• Great cities ת#דג םירע FP
Adjective Matches Noun in GN, Not Ending 9.11
Identifying the Use of an Adjective
9.12
Attributive Adjective is After its Noun, & Agrees with its Definiteness
Attributive adjective describes any noun as part of a noun phrase.• E.g., “the great city” “a great city” ‘great’ is FS to agree with FS ‘city’
Mnemonic is AAAAttributive adjective is After its Noun
and Agrees with its definiteness.
• Definite noun → attributive adjective has article (so it is definite also)• E.g., “the great city” הל+דגה ריעה
• Indefinite noun → attributive adjective lacks article (so it is indefinite also)• E.g., “a great city” הל+דג ריע
9.13 Article on Attributive Adjective Agrees with Definiteness of Noun
An attributive adjective that modifies a definite noun always has the article.
Therefore an attributive adjective has the article if its noun:
• Has the article the great city הל+דגהריעה
• Is a proper noun the wicked Haman ערהןמה
• Has a pronominal suffix your old father ןקזה םכיבא• Is in a definite construct chain the great day of YHWH ל+דגה הוהי ם+י
Pronominal suffixes and construct chains are discussed in future chapters.
An attributive adjective that modifies an indefinite noun never has the article.
9.14
Predicate Adjective is dePrived of the Article, & in a dePrived Clause
Predicate adjective is the predicate that describes the subject of its clause.
Mnemonic is PPPPredicate adjective is dePrived of the article
and is in a clause that is dePrived of any other predicate.
Example: YHWH is good! הוהיב+ט
• ב+ט ‘good’ is MS to describe the MS subject הוהי ‘YHWH’• ב+ט ‘good’ lacks the article.• The clause lacks a verb. The predicate adjective is the predicate of the clause.
9.15 Substantive Adjective Replaces a Noun
Substantive adjective
• Used like a noun (e.g., subject of verb, object of preposition, etc.)• Refers to a person or thing that is characterized by the adjective• Matches the GN of the noun that it replaces
Example
• “Israel has rejected [something that is] good.” ב+ט לארשי חנז• ‘Good’ is substantive because it is acting as a noun.”• ‘Good’ is not attributive because it does not match ‘Israel’ in definiteness.• ‘Good’ is not predicate because the clause has a non-linking verb (‘rejected’).
9.16
Summary of How to Detect Use
“Attributive After Agrees”• After its noun and agrees with its definiteness.
“Predicate dePrived”• Matches the GN of the subject of its clause, AND• Lacks the article, AND• Its clause lacks any other predicate.
“Substantive Substitutes”• Used like a noun (e.g., subject of verb, object of preposition, etc.)
9.17
Indefinite adjective after indefinite noun
is ambiguous.היח שפנ
Clarification on Adjectives with Proper Nouns
Proper nouns are always definite David, Jerusalem, YHWH
→ Attributive adjective with a proper noun needs the article• ‘The good David’ would be ב+טה דוד→ Adjective without an article after a proper noun is unambiguously predicate
• יח ףס+י means ‘Joseph is alive’ (predicate)
• ‘Living Joseph’ (attributive) would be יחהףס+י ‘Joseph the living’
• קידצ הוהי means ‘YHWH is righteous.’ (predicate)
• ‘Righteous YHWH’ (attributive) would be קידצה הוהי ‘Y the righteous’
9.18
The Noun םיה#א
9.19 םיה#א . ‘God’ is NOT a Proper Noun in Hebrew
םיה#א can take the article
• Regardless of whether it means ‘gods’ or ‘God’
• E.g., םירידאהםיה#אה ‘the mighty (gods/God)’
If םיה#א lacks the article, it is indefinite, even if it means ‘God’
• E.g., םייחםיה#א Predicate: (gods are/God is) livingOR Attributive: living (gods/God)
9.20
When םיה#א . Means ‘God’, it is Sometimes Treated as Singular
םיה#א . is plural in form, so an adjective that modifies it is normally plural.
• Plural, no article םייחםיה#א ‘living (gods/God)’
OR (gods are/God is) living’
• Plural, with article םירידאהםיה#אה ‘the mighty (gods/God)’
Sometimes םיה#א . is treated as singular. This always means ‘God’ (NOT ‘gods’).
• Singular, no article יחםיה#א ‘living God’ OR ‘God is living’
• Singular, with article ל+דגהםיה#אה ‘the great God’
9.21 Practice Identifying Adjective Use and Translating
1. ׃הלדגה ריעה
2. יכדרמ ל+דג
3. היח שפנ
4. Eat ב+ט !
5. םילדגה םיה#אה
6. ל+דגהםיה#אה
the great city attributive
Mordecai is great predicate
a living person OR a person is living attributive or predicate
Eat a good thing! substantive
the great (God/gods) attributive
the great God attributive
9.22
Summary (Part 1)Grammatical terminology:
• A clause has a subject and a predicate.• A phrase is a set of words that do not form a clause.• The predicate of a clause describes what the subject is or does.
Adjectives have three uses:
• Attributive adjective describes its noun as part of a phrase. the Holy God• Predicate adjective is the predicate of its clause,
describing what the subject is. Time set by context. God (was/is/will be) holy.• Substantive adjective substitutes for a noun
that is characterized by the adjective. Holy One
9.23 Summary (Part 2)An adjective always matches the GN of its noun:
• Attributive adjective matches the noun it describes. the Holy God• Predicate adjective matches the subject of the clause. God is holy.• Substantive adjective matches the noun for which it substitutes. Holy One
Detecting the use of a Hebrew adjective:• AAA: Attributive adjective is After its noun and Agrees with its definiteness.• PPP: Predicate adjective is dePrived of the article
and its clause is dePrived of any other predicate.• Substantive adjective functions as a noun in its clause.
םיה#א is not a proper noun. When treated as singular, it means ‘God.’
9.24
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Lesson 10:Prepositions
2021.07.17
Goal: Learn to Detect and Understand Prepositions when Reading
Grammar of Prepositions
→ Prepositions written as a separate word
Spelling Rule: Assimilation of Nun
→ The preposition ןמ
Spelling Rule: The Rule of Shva
→ The ‘buckle’ prepositions: כ ,ב, and ל
Compound prepositions
10.2
Grammar of Prepositions
10.3 Components of a Prepositional Phrase
A prepositional phrase is a set of words consisting of a preposition and its object.• Preposition (first)• Object of the preposition (immediately after the preposition)• A noun or noun substitute (e.g., substantive adjective)• + Anything that modifies it
E.g., Sarai rode on the camel
• Preposition: on• Object: the camel
10.4
Function of a Prepositional Phrase
Modifies a verb, noun, or adjective• The preposition indicates how its object relates to what it modifies
Examples:• “Sarai rode on the camel.”• The prepositional phrase ‘on the camel’ modifies the verb ‘rode’.• “On” indicates the spatial relationship of ‘the camel’ to ‘rode’.
• “The Sabbath is the day after tomorrow.”• The prepositional phrase ‘after tomorrow’ modifies the noun ‘day’.• “After” indicates the temporal relationship of ‘tomorrow’ to ‘day’.
10.5
Prepositions Written as a Separate Word
10.6
Most Prepositions Are Connected to Their Object with a Space
• E.g. Genesis 1:4 ׃Aשחהןיבור9אה ןיבםיה1א לדביו
And God separated between the light and between the darkness.
• E.g. Genesis 22:2 םירהה דחאלע הלעל םש והלעהוAnd offer him up there as a burnt offering on one of the mountains.
• E.g. Genesis 3:19 ת Kבושדע םחל לכא
You will eat bread until your return
10.7 Some Prepositions Are Connected to Their Object with a Maqqaf
• E.g. Genesis 1:2 ם9הת ינפ־לעAשחוAnd darkness was on [the] face of [the] deep.
• E.g. Genesis 1:9 ם9קמ־לא ... םימה ווקיLet the water be gathered … to a place.
• E.g., Genesis 2:6 ץראה־ןמ הלעי דאוAnd a mist was going up from the land
10.8
Spelling Rule:
Assimilation of Nun
10.9
This is called assimilation of nun• Nun becomes the same as (assimilates to) the next consonant
unless there is a vowel separating them. (Silent shva is not a vowel)
• E.g. בל ןמ + à * בלנמ à * בללמ à בלמ
• E.g. * הטני à * הטטי à הטי
So, if you
• E.g., הטי à * הטני • E.g., בלמ → * בלנמ
This is called assimilation of nun• Nun becomes the same as (assimilates to) the next consonant
unless there is a vowel separating them. (Silent shva is not a vowel)
• E.g. בל ןמ + à * בלנמ à * בללמ à בלמ
• E.g. * הטני à * הטטי → הטי
S
• E
This is called assimilation of nun• Nun becomes the same as (assimilates to) the next consonant
unless there is a vowel separating them. (Silent shva is not a vowel)
• E.g. בל ןמ + à * בלנמ à * בללמ à בלמ
• E.g. * הטני → * הטטי
S
• E
This is called assimilation of nun• Nun becomes the same as (assimilates to) the next consonant
unless there is a vowel separating them. (Silent shva is not a vowel)
• E.g. בל ןמ + à * בלנמ à * בללמ → בלמ• E.g. * הטני
S
• E
This is called assimilation of nun• Nun becomes the same as (assimilates to) the next consonant
unless there is a vowel separating them. (Silent shva is not a vowel)
• E.g. בל ןמ + à * בלנמ → * בללמ• E.g. *
S
• E
This is called assimilation of nun• Nun becomes the same as (assimilates to) the next consonant
unless there is a vowel separating them. (Silent shva is not a vowel)
• E.g. בל ןמ + → * בלנמ• E.g. * הטני
S
• E
Rule: Nun without Vowel Becomes Dagesh in the Next Consonant
This is called assimilation of nun• Nun becomes the same as (assimilates to) the next consonant
unless there is a vowel separating them. (Silent shva is not a vowel)
• Nun → Doubling dagesh in the next consonant
• E.g. בל ןמ +
• E.g. * הטני
So, if you see a doubling dagesh in a word, try substituting נ or ן for the dagesh
• E.g., הטי → * הטני
10.10
3 Possibilities When Nun Tries to Assimilate to GR
1. No assimilation• E.g., ףאני . (not * ףאי )
2. Nun assimilates. GR rejects dagesh.• E.g. ץוח . ןמ + → * ץוחנמ → * ץוחמ → ץוחמ
3. Nun assimilates. GR rejects dagesh→ Compensatory lengthening.
• E.g. ץרא . ןמ + → * ץראנמ → * ץראמ → ץראמ
So, consider the possibility that GR was preceded by נ or ן• E.g., ץראמ . may have been ץראנמ ץראןמ =) )
10.11
The Preposition ןמ
10.12
The Preposition ןמ . May be Connected to Its Object with a Maqqaf
• E.g. Gen 2:6 ץראה־ןמ הלעי דאו
And a mist was going up from the land
10.13 The Preposition ןמ . May be Prefixed to Its Object
• E.g. Isaiah 59:13 from a heart בלמ• E.g. Proverbs 17:1 from a house תיבמ
• E.g. Genesis 2:23 from a man שיאמWhy did the nun disappear from ןמ . in all three examples?• Nun assimilated because it had no vowel (no vowel after ן. in ןמ )
Why is there a doubling dagesh in the first two examples and none in the third?• Doubling dagesh from assimilated nun.• Alef rejected dagesh (GR always reject dagesh)
Why did the hiriq of ןמ . become tsere in the third example?• Compensatory lengthening (this may occur when GR rejects dagesh)
10.14
Assimilation of Nun with Prefixed ןמ
The Nun in ןמ . always assimilates when ןמ . is prefixed to a word.
• E.g. בל ןמ + → * בלנמ → * בללמ → בלמ
What if the next consonant is GR?
• The Nun in ןמ . always assimilates when ןמ . is prefixed to a word.
→ GR always reject dagesh
→ Almost always compensatory lengthening for ןמ . with GR ( ◌מ → ◌מ )
• E.g. ץרא . ןמ + → * ץראנמ → * ץראמ → ץראמ
10.15 Identifying Prefixed ןמAt the front of a word• After the conjunction vav ו or the interrogative particle ה• Before the article and the object of the preposition
Spelled מ◌• דימ תיבמ ב9טמ ם9ימו
Spelled מ (almost never מ) before GR• שיאמ םדאמ ץראמו ריעמ• שיאהמ םדאהמ ץראהמ ריעהמ
Spelled ימ before י (unexpected; makes it look like the preposition is מ not מ◌ )• הדוהימ הדוהימ = (expected * הדוהימ or * הדוהימ )
10.16
Prepositions Precede the Article
Prepositions always precede the article.• This is the same as English: “From the door” not *”The from door”
Interrogative is word-initial, whereas the article follows the preposition.• Aלממה ‘from a king?’ vs. למהמA ‘from the king’
ה of article rejects dagesh from the nun, so ןמ → מ
• E.g. ם9יה ןמ + → * ם9יהנמ → * ם9יההמ → * ם9יהמ → ם9יהמ
• E.g. Aלמה ןמ + →* Aלמהנמ → * Aלמההמ → * Aלמהמ → Aלמהמ
10.17 ןמ . Has Multiple Meanings
From a place or a time• ץראה־ןמ from the ground• ןכ־ירחאמ from after then
Other meanings: of, out of, -er than, because, on, at, before, some of, by, …
Comparative: “-er than” means “More __ than” or “too ___ for”• ןמ . is usually comparative if the predicate describes what the subject is.• םינבמ ב9ט םש A name is better than sons (lit. ‘good from sons’)• רבד הוהימאלפיה Is anything too hard for YHWH?
(lit. ‘Is a thing hard from YHWH?’)
10.18
Spelling Rule:
Rule of Shva
10.19
General principle: Never two reduced vowels in a row.
Recall:• Vocal shva is a reduced vowel.• Word-initial shva is always vocal.
Silent shva never follows a reduced vowel.
Rule of Shva• If word-initial shva would be followed by a reduced vowel,
word-initial shva changes to the corresponding full vowel.
At Word Beginning
These can’t happen
◌◌◌◌◌◌
At Word Beginning
These can’t happen
◌◌◌◌◌◌◌◌י◌
At Word Beginning
This → This
◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌י◌ → י◌
At Word Beginning
This → This
◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌י◌ → י◌
At Word Beginning
This → This
◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌י◌ → י◌
At Word Beginning
This → This
◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌י◌ → י◌
At Word Beginning
This → This
◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌י◌ → י◌
Rule of Shva 10.20
Work the Rule of Shva Backwards to Parse Words
• E.g., 9חיריו → * 9חיריו
When a word begins with this → Try changing it to this
◌◌ → ◌◌
10.21
When a word begins with this → Try changing it to this
◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌
When a word begins with this → Try changing it to this
◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌
When a word begins with this → Try changing it to this
◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌
When a word begins with this → Try changing it to this
◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌→ י◌ י◌
The ‘Buckle’ ( לכב ) Prepositionsל and ,כ ,ב
10.22
The Prepositions כ ,ב, and ל are Always Prefixed to their Object
• E.g., ם9יב in a day
• E.g., ם9יכ like a day
• E.g., ם9יל to a day
10.23 The Rule of Shva affects the Prepositions כ ,ב, and ל
ל and ,כ ,ב have vocal shva ם9ילם9יכם9יב
Rule of shva: If word-initial shva would be followed by a reduced vowel,word-initial shva changes to the corresponding full vowel.
• ת9צרא ב+ → * ת9צראב → ת9צראב
• םידבע כ+ → * םידבעכ → םידבעכ
• םישנא ל+ → * םישנאל → םישנאל
• םירבד ב+ → * םירבדב → םירבדב
10.24
The Prepositions כ ,ב, and ל Swallow the ה of the Article
Prepositions always precede the article (like English ‘to the store’)
• E.g. ם9יה . ןמ + → * ם9יהנמ → * ם9יההמ → * ם9יהמ → ם9יהמ
Prefixed כ ,ב, and ל swallow the ה of the article, but keep its vowel
• E.g., ם9יה ב+ → * ם9יהב → * ם9י◌ב → ם9יב
• E.g., םישנה כ+ →* םישנהכ →* םישנ◌כ → םישנכ
• E.g., השאה ל+ →* השאהל → * השא◌ל → השאל
10.25 How to Detect the Article after כ ,ב, or ל
The prefixed preposition כ ,ב, or ל LACKS the article if its vowel is
• Shva (the lexical vowel) ל ,כ ,ב
• Can be explained by the rule of shva ◌ל יל , ◌ל , ◌ל , ◌ל ,
If the vowel on ל/כ/ב is NOT shva and can NOT be explained by the rule of shva,then ל/כ/ב has the article
• ם9יב in the day vs. ם9יב in a day
• ץראב in the land vs. ץראב in a land
• םירעב in the cities vs. םירעב in cities
10.26
Parse and Translate, Paying Attention to the Article
1. רבדב
2. רבדב
3. םיאיבנל
4. םישנאל
5. םישנאל
6. לאל
7. לאלה
רבד MS+ב in a word
רבד MS+ב+the in the word
איבנ MP+ל to prophets ( ◌◌ → ◌◌ )
שיא MP+ל to men ( ◌◌ → ◌◌ )
שיא MP+ל+the to the men
לא MS+ל+the to the God
לא MS+ל+? to God?
10.27 םיה+א . with ל/כ/ב
Quiescent Alef lacks a vowel (lesson 3) תאטח• Alef always drops silent shva * תארק → תארק• Alef often drops a reduced vowel * םיה1אב → םיה1אב• The preceding vowel might lengthen
Alef quesces in םיה1א . ל/כ/ב + (after Rule of Shva takes effect)
• םיה1א *→ב + םיה1אב . → * םיה1אב . → םיה1אב in God
• םיה1א *→כ + םיה1אכ . → * םיה1אכ . → םיה1אכ like God
• םיה1א *→ל + םיה1אל . → * םיה1אל . → םיה1אל for God
10.28
הוהי with ל/כ/ב
Alef quesces in ינדא ל/כ/ב + (after Rule of Shva takes effect)
• ינדא →ב + * ינדאב → * ינדאב → ינדאב
הוהי is pronounced ינדא• Write הוהי with the vowels of ינדא ( ◌◌◌ ) à הוהי
Alef quesces in הוהי . ל/כ/ב + (after Rule of Shva takes effect)
• הוהי →ב + הוהיב ( ינדאב ) in YHWH
• הוהי →כ + הוהיכ ( ינדאכ ) like YHWH
• הוהי →ל + הוהיל ( ינדאל ) to YHWH
10.29 ל Can Mean ‘Belongs to’
The preposition ל : to, for, before, of, belongs to, <untranslated>
The object of ל is the one who (has / owns / possesses) something. Predicate ל!
• Genesis 31:19 ׃היבאל רשא םיפרתהthe idols that belonged to her father
• Genesis 32:19 Kדבעל תרמאוAnd he said, “[They] belong to your servant.”
• Genesis 39:6 ףס9י־דיב9ל־רשא־לכבזעיוAnd he left everything that belonged to him in Joseph’s hand[s].”
10.30
ב and ל are Sometimes Left Untranslated Before the Direct Object
The preposition ל : to, for, before, of, belongs to, <untranslated>
The preposition ב : in, on, with, by, <untranslated>
ב and ל are often prefixed to the direct object of certain verbs.• Leave ב and ל untranslated when they function this way.
• Exodus 4:4 9ב קזחיוAnd he caught ב it.
• Genesis 1:5 ם9י ר9אל ׀םיה1א ארקיוAnd God called ל the light “Day.”
10.31 Compound Prepositions
The prepositions ל ,כ ,ב, and ןמ . are often prefixed to another preposition
• Often best translated with one of the prepositions rather than with both.
• לעמ לע = + ןמ = ‘from on’ → ‘from’ OR ‘on’
• ־ןמל ־ןמ = ל+ = ‘to from’ → ‘to’ OR ‘from’
10.32
Summary: Preposition GrammarThe next word after a preposition is always the object of a preposition.A preposition is connected to its object in one of three ways:• Space (preposition is a separate word) ם9יה דע• Maqqaf (preposition is a separate word) השמ־םע• Prefix (preposition is a prefix on its object) םרבאל
Word order: ןטקבו ם9יבוןרגה־ןמהץראה־לעו1. Conjunction Vav OR Interrogative He2. Preposition3. Article4. Noun or noun-substitute (substantive adjective, pronoun, …)
10.33 Summary: Spelling Rules
Assimilation of Nun• Nun with no vowel → doubling dagesh in next consonant. די ןמ → דימ• When reading, perhaps replace doubling dagesh with נ or ן דימ → די ןמ• GR rejects dagesh, maybe compensatory lengthening םע ןמ → םעמ• When reading, perhaps put נ or ן before GR. םעמ → םע ןמ
Rule of Shva• Never 2 reduced vowels in a row.• The vowel on the right changes.
• Vowel pattern at the front of a word:
10.34
Bible → Origin?◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌◌◌ → ◌◌
→ י◌ י◌
Summary: Prefixed Prepositionsןמ• Spelling: ־ןמ ◌מ GRמ ( ימ was י־ןמ ) הדוהימ ץראהמ דימםע־ןמ• Meaning: from, of, out of, -er than (comparative) “Your love is better than life.”
Buckle prepositions ל ,כ ,ב שיאל• Rule of shva affects spelling םישנאל → םישנא ל +• Spelling with םיה1א and הוהי ( ינדא ) םיה1אל and הוהיל• Swallow the ה of the article ם9יב → ם9י ◌ה + ב +• Article if vowel on לכב is not shva & can’t be explained by the rule of shva.
• ב and ל are sometimes left untranslated before the direct object of the verb.• ל can function as the predicate, meaning ‘belongs to.’
10.35
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman2020.7.23
Chapter 11:Pronominal Suffixes
• 45,389 total• 24,515 on a noun ‘our father’• 11,364 on a preposition ‘to us’• 7,022 on a verb ‘I brought you’• 1,701 on the definite direct object marker ‘me’• 258 on an interjection ‘behold me’• 214 on an adverb ‘still/yet it’• 191 on an adjective ‘your elders’• 115 on a number ‘the two of them’• 9 on an interrogative ‘where are you?’
Pronominal suffixes are very frequent in the Hebrew Bible 11.2
Parse and translate any vocabulary word with any pronominal suffix.
Examples:
• וניבא = בא MS +1cp ‘our father’ noun
• וניניקז = ןקז MP +1cp ‘our elders’ substantive adjective
• ונל = ל +1cp ‘to us’ preposition
• ונתא = תא +1cp ‘us’ definite direct object
• ונרכמ = רכמ QP3ms +1cp ‘he sold us’ verb
Goal: Learn to Parse and Translate Words with Pronominal Suffixes 11.3
Meaning and translation of a pronominal suffix• On a preposition• On the definite direct object marker (DDO)• On a noun or substantive adjective
Pronominal suffix paradigm
How to analyze a word with a pronominal suffix• Preposition• Definite direct object marker (DDO)• Noun or substantive adjective
Outline 11.4
■ refers to any pronominal suffix.• E.g., “ תב +■“ means “ תב with any pronominal suffix.”
A consonantal ending is any ending or suffix that begins with a consonant.• E.g., םית and 7 are consonantal endings.
A vocalic ending is any ending or suffix that begins with a vowel.• E.g., ◌םי and ◌ה are vocalic endings.
A connecting vowel ( VC ) is the vowel immediately before a consonantal ending.• It connects a consonantal ending to what precedes it.• E.g., םהל is ל+ םה , so ◌ is VC
Defining Terms: 11.5
The Meaning and Translationof a Pronominal Suffix
11.6
On a noun: Possession (loosely defined)• Her house, our father, my God → English possessive pronoun
On an adjective (always substantive): Possession (loosely defined)• Her sinners, our elders, my holy one → English possessive pronoun
On a preposition: Object of the preposition• To her, from us, with me → English objective pronoun
On the definite direct object marker ־תא/תא : Direct object• Her, us, me → English objective pronoun
Meaning of a Pronominal Suffix Depends on the Underlying Word 11.7
PGN = Person, Gender, and Number
Person (P) = 1, 2, 3• 1st person = the speaker(s) ‘I, my, me, we, our, us’• 2nd person = the one(s) spoken to ‘you, your’• 3rd person = anyone else ‘he, his, him, she, her, they, their, them’
Gender (G) = Masculine (M), Feminine (F), Common (C)• Common = no distinction between masculine & feminine• 1st person is always common gender in Hebrew
Number (N) = Singular (S), Plural (P)
The Pronominal Suffixes Have PGN 11.8
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun)
1 Common
S2
M
F
3M
F
1 Common
P2
M
F
3M
F
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun)
1 Common
S
my
2M
F
3M
F
1 Common
P2
M
F
3M
F
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun)
1 Common
S
my
2M
F
3M
F
1 Common
P
our
2M
F
3M
F
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun)
1 Common
S
my
2M your
F your
3M
F
1 Common
P
our
2M your
F your
3M
F
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun)
1 Common
S
my
2M your
F your
3M his
F her
1 Common
P
our
2M your
F your
3M their
F their
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun) Objective (on Prep or DDO)
1 Common
S
my
2M your
F your
3M his
F her
1 Common
P
our
2M your
F your
3M their
F their
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun) Objective (on Prep or DDO)
1 Common
S
my me
2M your
F your
3M his
F her
1 Common
P
our us
2M your
F your
3M their
F their
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun) Objective (on Prep or DDO)
1 Common
S
my me
2M your you
F your you
3M his
F her
1 Common
P
our us
2M your you
F your you
3M their
F their
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun) Objective (on Prep or DDO)
1 Common
S
my me
2M your you
F your you
3M his him
F her her
1 Common
P
our us
2M your you
F your you
3M their them
F their them
Person Gender Number Possessive (on Noun) Objective (on Prep or DDO)
1 Common
S
my me
2M your you
F your you
3M his him
F her her
1 Common
P
our us
2M your you
F your you
3M their them
F their them
Translating the Pronominal Suffixes 11.9
A word is definite if it refers to a particular thing
• Proper noun David, Jerusalem
• Has the article the man, the city
• Has a pronominal suffix (or is a pronoun) your man, her city
• Is in a construct chain where the last word is definite for one of those reasons
An indefinite word does not refer to a particular thing
• It lacks all the features of a definite word a person, a city
A Pronominal Suffix Makes a Word Definite 11.10
The Pronominal Suffixes
11.11
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Memorize the Pronominal Suffixes 11.12
N P G On Anything Not on FV Comments
S
1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 C ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
N P G On Anything Not on FV Comments
S
1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌ 2nd person pronoun ↔ Kaf
F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 C ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
N P G On Anything Not on FV Comments
S
1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌ 2nd person pronoun ↔ Kaf
F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌ These have doubling dagesh (נ or ך)
F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 C ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
N P G On Anything Not on FV Comments
S
1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌ 2nd person pronoun ↔ Kaf
F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌ These have doubling dagesh (נ or ך)
F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 C ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌ MP (2MP & 3MP) end in Mem םF ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
N P G On Anything Not on FV Comments
S
1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌ 2nd person pronoun ↔ Kaf
F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌ These have doubling dagesh (נ or ך)
F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 C ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌ MP (2MP & 3MP) end in Mem םF ןכ◌ FP (2FP & 3FP) end in Nun ן
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
N P G On Anything Not on FV Comments
S
1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌ 2nd person pronoun ↔ Kaf
F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌ These have doubling dagesh (נ or ך)
F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 C ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌ MP (2MP & 3MP) end in Mem םF ןכ◌ FP (2FP & 3FP) end in Nun ן
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Patterns in the Pronominal Suffixes 11.13
Prepositionswith a Pronominal Suffix
11.14
Identify the pronominal suffix ( = ■ )• E.g., םתא has the pronominal suffix ם, which is 3mp
Identify the preposition1. Remove the ■ םתא → * תא
2. Remove any VC of the ■ * תא → * תא
3. Remove any word-final doubling dagesh * תא → * תא
4. Modify the vowels as needed * תא → תא (comp. lengthen)
• Thus םתא is תא +3mp ‘with them’
Analyzing a Preposition with a Pronominal Suffix 11.15
The article is redundant because a pronoun makes the word definite.
In English, an article never occurs on a word with a possessive pronoun
• *‘To the her’, *’the her lunch’
Similarly, in Hebrew, the article never occurs on a word with a pronominal suffix
• E.g., םהל . is 3+לmp ‘to them’
• It can NOT be ל+article+3mp *‘to the them’
• Remember: We remove the VC of the ■when analyzing the word.
• E.g., We don’t care if it is spelled םהל . or םהל
Article Never Occurs on a Word with a Pronominal Suffix 11.16
Is ינב the preposition ב+ ינ ‘in me’ or ןב + י◌ ‘my son’ ?
ינ◌ is not used on prepositions (except ינ?מכ and ינתחת )
• יב 1cs+ב = ‘in me’
• ינב ןב = . MS+1cs ‘my son’
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S 1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S 1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S 1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
The 1CS Pronominal SuffixThe 1CS Pronominal Suffix ◌ינ is NOT Used on Prepositions 11.17 ’to‘ לא ’God‘ לא
1CS
2MS
2FS
3MS
3FS
1CP
2MP
3MP
3FP
’to‘ לא ’God‘ לא
1CS my God ילא
2MS <never occurs>
2FS <never occurs>
3MS <never occurs>
3FS <never occurs>
1CP <never occurs>
2MP <never occurs>
3MP <never occurs>
3FP <never occurs>
’to‘ לא ’God‘ לא
1CS to me ילא my God ילא
2MS <never occurs>
2FS <never occurs>
3MS <never occurs>
3FS <never occurs>
1CP <never occurs>
2MP <never occurs>
3MP <never occurs>
3FP <never occurs>
’to‘ לא ’God‘ לא
1CS to me ילא my God ילא
2MS to you 7ילא <never occurs>
2FS to you Aילא <never occurs>
3MS to him וילא <never occurs>
3FS to her הילא <never occurs>
1CP to us ונילא <never occurs>
2MP to you םכילא <never occurs>
3MP to them םהילא <never occurs>
3FP to them ןהילא <never occurs>
Psalm 22
ינתבזע המל ילא ילאMy God, My God,
Why have you forsaken me?
לא ‘to’ vs. לא ‘God’ with ■11.18
Number Person Gender ■+ ןמ Translation
S
1 Common ינממ From me
2M ךממ 'ממ From you
F *ממ From you
3M ונממ From him
F הנממ From her
P
1 Common ונממ From us
2M םכמ From you
F never occurs
3M םהמ From them
F ןהמ From them
Number Person Gender ■+ ןמ Translation
S
1 Common ינממ From me
2M ךממ 'ממ From you
F *ממ From you
3M ונממ From him
F הנממ From her
P
1 Common ונממ From us
2M םכמ From you
F never occurs
3M םהמ From them
F ןהמ From them
ןמ .+■ is ■ ממ in Many Formsןמ .+■ is ■ ממ in Many Forms. ונממ is Ambiguous. 11.19
1. םהל
2. יב
3. ינב
4. םככ
5. םכמ
6. ונממ
7. וילע
8. הילא
9. ידע
ל +3mp ‘to them (m)’
ב +1cs ‘in me’
ןב ms+1cs ‘my son’
כ +2mp ‘like you (mp)’
ןמ +2mp ‘from you (mp)’
ןמ +3ms/1cp ‘from him/us’
לע +3ms ‘over him’
לא +3fs ‘to her’
דע +1cs ‘until me’
Analyze & Translate Prepositions with Pronominal Suffixes 11.20
The Definite Direct Object Marker (DDO)with a Pronominal Suffix
11.21
2 spellings: תא (independent) or ־תא (Maqqef).
2 meanings: The preposition ‘with’ or the definite direct object marker (DDO).• They are spelled the same if there is no pronominal suffix.
A direct object that is definite is often preceded by the DDO.• She ate a sandwich (Indefinite, so no DDO)• She ate תא the sandwich (Definite, so DDO)• ׃ץראהתאו םימשהתא םיהNא ארב תישארב
In beginning, God created (DDO) the heavens and (DDO) the earth.
־תא/תא ־תא/תא is Preposition ‘With’ or Definite Direct Object Marker 11.22
Number Person Gender With DDO
S
1 Common with me יתא me יתא
2M with you 'תא you 'תאF with you *תא you *תא
3M with him/it +תא him/it +תאF with her/it התא her/it התא
P
1 Common with us ונתא us ונתא
2M with you םכתא you םכתאF with you <never occurs> you <never occurs>
3M with them םתא them םתאF with them <never occurs> them ןהתא
‘With’ has a dagesh WITH it and a hiriq that makes the i sound of ‘with’תא ‘with’ & DDO are Spelled Differently with a Pronominal Suffix 11.23
Nouns (and Adjectives)with a Pronominal Suffix
11.24
The GN of a pronominal suffix and the underlying noun or adjective are distinct
• E.g., ‘her brother’ = her (3fs) + brother (ms)
• E.g., ‘their (f) brother’ = their (3fp) + brother (ms)
• E.g., ‘her brothers’ = her (3fs) + brothers (mp)
• E.g., ‘their (f) brothers’ = their (3fp) + brothers (mp)
Pronominal Suffix Has a Separate GN from the Noun or Adjective 11.25
E.g., םת?בא בא = MP+3mp ‘their (m) fathers’
• Note that the pronominal suffix ם. is after (left of) the noun ending ?ת
A Pronominal Suffix Follows the Noun/Adjective Ending 11.26
N G Bare Ending
S
M? None
M ה◌
Fה◌
ת◌
D? םי◌
F םית
PM? םי◌
F? ת+◌
N G Bare Ending With ■ Comments
S
M? None ◌■ ■ = Pronominal Suffix
M ה◌ ◌■ No vowel shown → Vowel Varies
Fה◌ ■ת◌ No accent shown → Accent Varies
ת◌ ■ת◌
D? םי◌ ■י◌
F םית ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending With ■ Comments
S
M? None ◌■ ■ = Pronominal Suffix
M ה◌ ◌■ No vowel shown → Vowel Varies
Fה◌ ■ת◌ No accent shown → Accent Varies
ת◌ ■ת◌
D? םי◌ ■י◌
F םית ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending With ■ Comments
S
M? None ◌■ ■ = Pronominal Suffix
M ה◌ ◌■ No vowel shown → Vowel Varies
Fה◌ ■ת◌ No accent shown → Accent Varies
ת◌ ■ת◌
D? םי◌ ■י◌
F םית ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending With ■ Comments
S
M? None ◌■ ■ = Pronominal Suffix
M ה◌ ◌■ No vowel shown → Vowel Varies
Fה◌ ■ת◌ No accent shown → Accent Varies
ת◌ ■ת◌ →ת Noun is (F or F?). No ת→ Noun is (M or M? or ?)
D? םי◌ ■י◌
F םית ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending With ■ Comments
S
M? None ◌■ ■ = Pronominal Suffix
M ה◌ ◌■ No vowel shown → Vowel Varies
Fה◌ ■ת◌ No accent shown → Accent Varies
ת◌ ■ת◌ →ת Noun is (F or F?). No ת→ Noun is (M or M? or ?)
D? םי◌ ■י◌ ■י = Yud before ■ if underlying word is dual or plural.
F םית ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending With ■ Comments
S
M? None ◌■ ■ = Pronominal Suffix
M ה◌ ◌■ No vowel shown → Vowel Varies
Fה◌ ■ת◌ No accent shown → Accent Varies
ת◌ ■ת◌ →ת Noun is (F or F?). No ת→ Noun is (M or M? or ?)
D? םי◌ ■י◌ ■י = Yud before ■ if underlying word is dual or plural.
F םית ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌ ■ת+◌ (no yud) sometimes
N G Bare Ending With ■ Comments
S
M? None ◌■ ■ = Pronominal Suffix
M ה◌ ◌■ No vowel shown → Vowel Varies
Fה◌ ■ת◌ No accent shown → Accent Varies
ת◌ ■ת◌ →ת Noun is (F or F?). No ת→ Noun is (M or M? or ?)
D? םי◌ ■י◌ ■י = Yud before ■ if underlying word is dual or plural.
F םית ■ית◌ ■י◌ on dual or plural words is never ◌י■
PM? םי◌ ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌ ■ת+◌ (no yud) sometimes
N G Bare Ending With ■ Comments
S
M? None ◌■ ■ = Pronominal Suffix
M ה◌ ◌■ No vowel shown → Vowel Varies
Fה◌ ■ת◌ No accent shown → Accent Varies
ת◌ ■ת◌ →ת Noun is (F or F?). No ת→ Noun is (M or M? or ?)
D? םי◌ ■י◌ ■י = Yud before ■ if underlying word is dual or plural.
F םית ■ית◌ ■י◌ on dual or plural words is never ◌י■
PM? םי◌ ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌ ■ת+◌ (no yud) sometimes
Noun (& Adjective) EndingsNoun (& Adjective) Endings Change Before a Pronominal Suffix 11.27
N G Bare Ending
S
M? None
M ה◌
Fה◌
ת◌
D? םי◌
F םית
PM? םי◌
F? ת+◌
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun
S
M? None םש
M ה◌ הדש
Fה◌ המחלמ
ת◌ תאטח
D? םי◌ םידי
F םית םיתפש
PM? םי◌ םירבד
F? ת+◌ ת+נב
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending
S
M? None םש ◌■
M ה◌ הדש ◌■
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌ 'תמחלמ
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌ 'תאטח
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌ 'תמחלמ
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌ 'תאטח
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌ 'ידי
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌ 'יתפש
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌ 'תמחלמ
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌ 'תאטח
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌ 'ידי
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌ 'יתפש
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌ 'ירבד
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌ 'תמחלמ
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌ 'תאטח
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌ 'ידי
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌ 'יתפש
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌ 'ירבד
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ??
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ??
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌ 'תמחלמ ??
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌ 'תאטח ??
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌ 'ידי ??
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌ 'יתפש ??
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌ 'ירבד ??
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ??
Example of Noun Endings 11.28
י◌ indicates that the underlying word is singular (if it has number).
י◌ indicates that the underlying word is plural or dual (if it has number).
• י◌ may be written י◌ because ◌↔ ◌ as usual
Caution: ◌י is NEVER the 1cs pronominal suffix
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S 1 C ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
Notes on the 1CS Pronominal Suffix Yud 11.29
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌ 'תמחלמ
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌ 'תאטח
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌ 'ידי
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌ 'יתפש
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌ 'ירבד
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌ 'ידי
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌ 'יתפש
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌ 'ירבד
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G Bare Ending Bare Noun ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? None םש ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ה◌ הדש ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
Fה◌ המחלמ ■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
ת◌ תאטח ■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? םי◌ םידי ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F םית םיתפש ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? םי◌ םירבד ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ת+◌ ת+נב ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
+1cs is ◌י or ◌1+יcs is י◌ on a Singular Noun+1cs is ◌י on a Singular Noun and י◌ on a Dual or Plural Noun.+1cs is י◌ on a Singular Noun and י◌ on a Dual or Plural Noun. 11.30
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
N G ■ Ending E.g., +2ms E.g., +1cs
S
M? ◌■ 'מש / 'מש ימש
M ◌■ 'דש / 'דש ידש
F■ת◌ 'תמחלמ יתמחלמ
■ת◌ 'תאטח יתאטח
D? ■י◌ 'ידי ידי
F ■ית◌ 'יתפש יתפש
PM? ■י◌ 'ירבד ירבד
F? ■ית+◌ 'ית+נב ית+נב
Ending →Number of noun:• No Yud → Singular• י◌ → Singular• Yud not ◌י → Dual or Plural• ת? → Plural
Ending → Gender of noun:• ת → F (uncertain if noun ?ת )• No ת →M (uncertain if noun)
Noun/Adjective Ending Tells us Noun/Adjective GN 11.31
1. יתחפשממ
2. םכיניע
3. הימעמ
4. וישנאל
5. 7יתבאלו
6. םתצראב
7. יחא
8. יחא
9. יחא
10. יתשא
החפשמ FS+ 1+ןמ cs from my clanןיע FD+2mp your (mp) eyesםע MP+ ןמ +3fs from her peoplesשיא MP+3+לms to his menבא MP+2+ל+וms and to your fathersץרא FP+3+בmp in their landsחא MS+1cs my brotherחא MP+1cs my brothersחא MP+1cs my brothersהשא FS+1cs my wife
Parse and Translate 11.32
• Explain why םהל does NOT have the article.• Explain why ינב can NOT be ‘in me’.• Explain why ונילא and ילא are the preposition ‘to’, whereas ילא is ‘my God.’• Recognize ןמ with a pronominal suffix.• Explain why יתא is ‘with me’ whereas יתא is the direct object ‘me.’• Recognize the lexical form & GN of a noun or adjective +■.
Memorize the vocabulary and grammar flash cards, as usual.
Memorize the pronominal suffix paradigm.
Memorize the +■ column of the noun-ending paradigm.
Practice translating vocabulary words with a pronominal suffix.
Summary & Tasks 11.33
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 12:Construct Chains
2021.7.26
The grammar and meaning of construct chains• What is a construct chain?• Definite or indefinite?• Attributive adjectives with a construct chain
Identifying the construct state• Which words in a chain are in the construct state?• Noun endings for the construct state• Sufficient conditions and necessary conditions for a construct state• New Phonetic Rule: ◌◌־ is (QQ) and Was ◌◌
• Surprising construct spellings
Goal: Understand Construct Chains 12.2
What is a Construct Chain?
12.3
Example 1: “The army of the tribe” (Numbers 10:24)• The first noun is ‘army’• ‘the tribe’ describes the army → ‘army of the tribe’• So translate the first noun ‘army’ as ‘army of’
Example 2: “The evil of the men” (Judges 9:57)
• The first noun is ‘evil’• ‘the men’ describes the evil → ‘evil of the men’• So translate the first noun ‘evil’ as ‘evil of’
A Noun Can Be Modified by the Noun that Follows It 12.4
Example 1: “The army of the tribe of the sons of Benjamin” (Numbers 10:24)• The first noun is ‘army’• Which army? The army of the tribe• Which tribe? The tribe of the sons• Which sons? The sons of Benjamin
Example 2: “The evil of the men of Shechem” (Judges 9:57)• The first noun is ‘evil’• Which evil? The evil of the men• Which men? The men of Shechem
This Process Can be Repeated in a Chain 12.5
• “The army of the tribe of the sons of Benjamin” (Numbers 10:24)(Hebrew word order) Benjamin ←sons-of ←tribe-of ←army-of
Every noun in the chain (except the last):• Is described by the noun that follows it.• Is roughly translated by ‘__ of’ (e.g., ‘army of’)• Is in the ‘construct state’. This may change its spelling.
The last noun in the chain:• Is NOT followed by a noun that describes it.• Is in the ‘absolute state’.
A Noun in the Construct State is Described by the Following Noun 12.6
Construct State
Absolute State
Every noun in the chain (except the last) is described by the noun that follows it.noun ←noun-of ←noun-of ←noun-of (Hebrew word order)
Nothing can come between the nouns in a construct chain:• No vav• No preposition• No attributive adjective• No locative He
A Construct Chain is an Unbroken Series of Nouns 12.7
Construct State
Absolute State
A substantive adjective is an adjective that is being used as a noun.• It refers to a person or thing that has the property of the adjective.• E.g., םיקידצ . ‘righteous people’ (substantive use)
A substantive adjective can be used as a noun in a construct chain.• E.g., םיקידצ ירבד ‘words of righteous people’
If a substantive adjective begins a chain, it is often best translated attributively.• E.g., בל־םכח ‘wise of heart’ = ‘wise hearted’• E.g., םיתפש־אמט ‘unclean of lips’ = ‘unclean lips’
A Substantive Adjective Can be Part of a Construct Chain 12.8
The Last Word of the ChainSets the Definiteness of the Entire Chain
12.9
A word is definite if it refers to a particular thing.• Proper noun David, Jerusalem• Has the article. the king, the city• Has a pronominal suffix (or is a pronoun). my king, her city• Is in a construct chain where the last word is definite for one of those reasons.
An indefinite word does not refer to a particular thing.• It lacks everything that would make it definite. a king, a city
A Word is Definite if it Refers to a Particular Thing 12.10
Every word in a construct chain is definite if the last word in the chain:• Is a proper noun The psalm of David דוד ר@מזמ• Has the article The psalm of the king Fלמה ר@מזמ• Has a pronominal suffix The psalm of my king יכלמ ר@מזמ
Every word in a construct chain is indefinite if the last word in the chain:• Is indefinite A psalm of a king Fלמ ר@מזמ
That is why these are NOT possible with a construct chain:• *A psalm of David , *A psalm of the king , *A psalm of my king• *The psalm of a king
The Last Word of a Chain Sets the Definiteness of the Entire Chain 12.11
The last word of a construct chain sets the definiteness of the entire chain,
therefore, only the last word of a construct chain can:
• Be a proper noun The psalm of David דוד ר@מזמ• Have the article The psalm of the king Fלמה ר@מזמ• Have a pronominal suffix The psalm of my king יכלמ ר@מזמ
Therefore, למ ר@מזמהF cannot be a construct chain
The Last Word of a Chain Sets the Definiteness of the Entire Chain 12.12
Possible with a construct chain:• The psalm of David דוד ר@מזמ• The psalm of the king Fלמה ר@מזמ• The psalm of my king יכלמ ר@מזמ• A psalm of a king Fלמ ר@מזמ
NOT possible with a construct chain, so use lamed ל instead:• A psalm of David דודל ר@מזמ• A psalm of the king Fלמל ר@מזמ• A psalm of my king יכלמל ר@מזמ• The psalm of a king Fלמל ר@מזמה
The last word of the chainsets the definiteness
of the entire chain
A Construct Chain is Either All Definite or All Indefinite 12.13
1. Proper noun David
2. Has the article the king
3. Has a pronominal suffix (or is a pronoun) my king
4. Is in a construct chain that ends with a definite word[the] psalm of David
[the] psalm of the king[the] psalm of my king
A Word is Definite if it Refers to a Particular Thing 12.14
Attributive Adjectiveswith a Construct Chain
12.15
Attributive adjectives follow the entire construct chain
• Use GN to match an attributive adjective with its noun.
Example: ׀םיהKא חור ‘a spirit of gods’
• Attributive adjective ‘evil’ follows the chain. הער ׀םיהKא חור• Is that ‘an evil spirit of gods’ OR ‘a spirit of evil gods’ ?
• Match GN: ‘evil’ is FS, so it describes the FS ‘spirit’, not the MP ‘gods’.
Ambiguous example: םייחםיהKא ירבד
• All are MP, so this could be ‘living words of gods’ or ‘words of living gods’.
Attributive Adjectives Follow the Entire Construct Chain 12.16
Identifyinga Construct Chain
12.17
Construct state:
• The state of every word in a construct chain except the last. Translate “_ of”
(Numbers 10:24)ןמינב ינב הטמ אבצ•
Absolute state:
• The state of the last noun of the chain (and of nouns not in a chain).
(Numbers 10:24)ןמינבינבהטמאבצ•
army oftribe of
sons of
Benjamin
Every Word (Except the Last) in a Construct Chain is in the Construct State 12.18
Construct state:
• The state of every word in a construct chain except the last. Translate “_ of”
(Judges 9:57)םכשישנא תער•
Absolute state:
• The state of the last noun of the chain (and of nouns not in a chain).
(Judges 9:57)םכש ישנא תער•
evil ofmen of
Shechem
Every Word (Except the Last) in a Construct Chain is in the Construct State 12.19
Absolute State
N G Basic Form
S
M? None
M ה◌F ה◌F ת◌
D? םי◌F םית
PM? םי◌F? ת+◌
Absolute State
N G Basic Form + ■
S
M? None ◌■M ה◌ ◌■F ה◌ ■ת◌F ת◌ ■ת◌
D? םי◌ ■י◌F םית ■ית◌
PM? םי◌ ■י◌F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌
Absolute State Construct State Examples
N G Basic Form + ■ Absolute State Construct State
S
M? None ◌■ None רבד רבדM ה◌ ◌■ ה◌ הדש הדשF ה◌ ■ת◌ ת◌ הנש תנשF ת◌ ■ת◌ ת◌ תאטח תאטח
D? םי◌ ■י◌ י◌ םידי ידיF םית ■ית◌ ית◌ םיתפש יתפש
PM? םי◌ ■י◌ י◌ םירבד ירבדF? ת+◌ ■ית+◌ ת+◌ ת+נב ת+נב
Noun EndingsNoun Endings for the Construct State. Memorize this Paradigm. 12.20
Absolute State Construct State Comments
N G Basic Form + ■
S
M? None ◌■ None ambiguous (absolute or construct)
M ה◌ ◌■ ה◌F ה◌ ■ת◌ ת◌F ת◌ ■ת◌ ת◌ ambiguous (absolute or construct)
D? םי◌ ■י◌ י◌F םית ■ית◌ ית◌
PM? םי◌ ■י◌ י◌F? ת+◌ ■ית+◌ ת+◌ ambiguous (absolute or construct)
Most Noun Endings Indicate Absolute or Construct 12.21
Sufficient conditions for construct state:
1. Ends with construct-state ending ( ית , י◌ , ת◌ , ה◌ )
E.g., יתפש , ירבד , תנש , הדש (except תב might be absolute)
2. OR Last vowel is ◌י
E.g., ןיע
Detecting Construct State (1/2) 12.22
Otherwise, check for ALL necessary conditions of a construct state:
1. Noun or noun-substitute (e.g., substantive adjective)
2. Nothing to make it definite (not proper, no article, no pronominal suffix)
3. Noun ending could be construct (see the noun-ending paradigm)
4. Does not contain ◌י
5. Followed by a noun or substitute (not conjunction, preposition, interrogative)It is probably construct if:
• Followed by maqqaf ־לכ
• Penultimate vowel is reduced ת@בא , רבד
Detecting Construct State (2/2) 12.23
Absolute Translation Construct Translation # times
םימ water(s) ימ water(s) of 85
השא woman תשא wife of 111
בא father יבא father of 79
חא brother יחא brother of 36
הפ mouth יפmouth of /my mouth
212 /64
לכ all ־לכ all of 4345
Some Surprising Constructs to Memorize (In Vocabulary) 12.24
Recall vowel-swap pairs (lesson 5): ◌↔ ◌ ◌↔ ◌ ◌↔ ◌ (qq)
Recall: ◌ is QQ if unaccented and followed by ◌ or a vowelless consonant.
Recall: Maqqaf always drops the accent from a word.
New Phonetic Rule: ◌◌־ is (QQ) and Was ◌◌
When we see ־◌◌ , it is (QQ), and it was ◌◌ without the maqqaf.
• E.g., ־לכ was לכ
• E.g., ־לטק was לטק
New Phonetic Rule: ◌◌־ is (QQ) and Was ◌◌ 12.25
1. יהKא
2. תיב
3. תיב
4. הדש
5. תנש
6. ת@צרא
7. ץרא
םיהKא MPC ‘gods of’ י◌ ending
תיב MSA ‘house’ י◌
תיב MSC ‘house of’ last vowel is ◌י
הדש MSC ‘field of’ ending ◌ה
הנש FSC ‘year of’ ending ◌ת
ץרא FPC ‘lands of’ penultimate vowel is ◌
ץרא FS(A/C) ‘land’ or ‘land of’
Practice Analyzing NounsA = Absolute State. C = Construct State.
12.26
הער םיהKא־חור1.(‘spirit’ and ‘evil’ are FS) an evil spirit of God
תרחא השא־ןב2.(‘other’ and ‘woman’ are FS) a son of another woman
םיעשרה םישנאה ילהא3.(‘men’ and ‘wicked’ are MP) the tents of the wicked men
OR (‘tents’ and ‘wicked’ are MP) the wicked tents of the men
Practice Translating Construct Chains 12.27
0. Memorize the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 12
1. Understand and memorize the complete noun paradigm• RBH_Paradigms.pdf →Noun Endings• RBH_Worksheets.pdf →Noun Endings• hebrewsyntax.org/rbh →Noun paradigm practice quiz
2. Understand and memorize the grammar Anki RBH_Grammar tag 12
3. Reinforce the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 12
4. Practice applying the grammar to the vocab Anki RBH_Workbook tag 12
Next Tasks 12.28
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 13:Subject Pronouns
2021.7.27
Pronominal Suffixes• Always attached to a word יבא יל ,• Possession (on a noun) יבא = ‘my father’• Object (on a preposition, DDO, or finite verb) יל = ‘to me’. יתא = ’me’
Subject Pronouns• Never attached to a word ינא
• Normally the subject of a clause ינא = ‘I’ (not ‘me’ or ‘my’)• Sometimes in apposition to a noun or pronominal suffix
(It may or may not be the subject)
Pronominal Suffixes vs. Subject Pronouns 13.2
Number Person Gender
Pronominal Suffix
Subject Pronounon noun on DDO/Preposition
S
1 Common my
2M
yourF
3M his, its
F her, its
P
1 Common our
2M
yourF
3M
theirF
Number Person Gender
Pronominal Suffix
Subject Pronounon noun on DDO/Preposition
S
1 Common my me
2M
your youF
3M his, its him, it
F her, its her, it
P
1 Common our us
2M
your youF
3M
their themF
Number Person Gender
Pronominal Suffix
Subject Pronounon noun on DDO/Preposition
S
1 Common my me I
2M
your you youF
3M his, its him, it he, it
F her, its her, it she, it
P
1 Common our us we
2M
your you youF
3M
their them theyF
Translating the Pronouns 13.3
N Person Gender Pron. Suffix Subject Pronouns Comment
S
1 C
2M
F
3M
F
P
1 C
2M
F
3M
F
N Person Gender Pron. Suffix Subject Pronouns Comment
S
1 C ינ◌ י◌ , ינא יכנא Ends in ◌י ↔ 1cs
2M
F
3M
F
P
1 C
2M
F
3M
F
N Person Gender Pron. Suffix Subject Pronouns Comment
S
1 C ינ◌ י◌ , ינא יכנא Ends in ◌י ↔ 1cs 1st person נא
2M
F
3M
F
P
1 C ונ◌ ונחנא Ends in ונ 1st person נא
2M
F
3M
F
N Person Gender Pron. Suffix Subject Pronouns Comment
S
1 C ינ◌ י◌ , ינא יכנא Ends in ◌י ↔ 1cs 1st person נא
2M ◌/F ◌0
3M
F
P
1 C ונ◌ ונחנא Ends in ונ 1st person נא
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M
F
N Person Gender Pron. Suffix Subject Pronouns Comment
S
1 C ינ◌ י◌ , ינא יכנא Ends in ◌י ↔ 1cs 1st person נא
2M ◌/ התא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ◌0 תא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M
F
P
1 C ונ◌ ונחנא Ends in ונ 1st person נא
2M םכ◌ םתא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ןכ◌ ןתא הנתא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M
F
N Person Gender Pron. Suffix Subject Pronouns Comment
S
1 C ינ◌ י◌ , ינא יכנא Ends in ◌י ↔ 1cs 1st person נא
2M ◌/ התא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ◌0 תא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M וה◌ אוה וה → אוה ‘Who is he’
F
P
1 C ונ◌ ונחנא Ends in ונ 1st person נא
2M םכ◌ םתא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ןכ◌ ןתא הנתא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M
F
N Person Gender Pron. Suffix Subject Pronouns Comment
S
1 C ינ◌ י◌ , ינא יכנא Ends in ◌י ↔ 1cs 1st person נא
2M ◌/ התא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ◌0 תא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M וה◌ אוה וה → אוה ‘Who is he’
F ה◌ ה◌ , איה אוה ‘He is she’
P
1 C ונ◌ ונחנא Ends in ונ 1st person נא
2M םכ◌ םתא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ןכ◌ ןתא הנתא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M
F
N Person Gender Pron. Suffix Subject Pronouns Comment
S
1 C ינ◌ י◌ , ינא יכנא Ends in ◌י ↔ 1cs 1st person נא
2M ◌/ התא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ◌0 תא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M וה◌ אוה וה → אוה ‘Who is he’
F ה◌ ה◌ , איה אוה ‘He is she’
P
1 C ונ◌ ונחנא Ends in ונ 1st person נא
2M םכ◌ םתא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ןכ◌ ןתא הנתא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M םה◌ המה םה םה◌ .→ םה / המה 3rd person הF ןה◌ הנה ןה◌ .→ הנה 3rd person ה
N Person Gender Pron. Suffix Subject Pronouns Comment
S
1 C ינ◌ י◌ , ינא יכנא Ends in ◌י ↔ 1cs 1st person נא
2M ◌/ התא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ◌0 תא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M וה◌ אוה וה → אוה ‘Who is he’
F ה◌ ה◌ , איה אוה ‘He is she’
P
1 C ונ◌ ונחנא Ends in ונ 1st person נא
2M םכ◌ םתא →כ תא 2nd person תאF ןכ◌ ןתא הנתא →כ תא 2nd person תא
3M םה◌ המה םה םה◌ .→ םה / המה 3rd person הF ןה◌ הנה ןה◌ .→ הנה 3rd person ה
Subject Pronouns are Spelled Like Pronominal Suffixes 13.4
Usually the subject of a verbless clause (Time comes from context)• Can precede predicate adjective ‘he was/is ritually unclean’ אמטאוה
• Can follow predicate adjective ‘I was/am afraid’ יכנא ארי• Can precede predicate noun ‘I am your son’ 8נבינא
• Can follow predicate noun ‘I will be your servant’ ינא 8דבעApposition to a noun or to a pronominal suffix• ‘and to Seth, also him, was born a son’ ןב־דליאוה־םגתשלו
• ‘not against you, you, today …’ םJיההתא 8ילע־אל
Subject pronouns are never part of a construct chain.
Uses of Subject Pronouns 13.5
1. ונחנא 8ידבע
2. םהרבא יהPא יכנא
3. ץראב םתאו
4. יח־אוה
5. ונתא םה
We (were/are/will be) your (ms) servants.
I (was/am/will be) the God of Abraham.
You (mp) (were/are/will be) in a land.
He/It (was/is/will be) alive.
They (m) (were/are/will be) with us.
Practice Translating 13.6
0. Memorize the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 13
1. Understand and memorize the grammar Anki RBH_Grammar tag 13
2. Review the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 13
3. Practice applying the grammar to the vocab Anki RBH_Workbook tag 13
Continue to review old vocabulary and grammar flashcards as Anki directs.
Continue to practice old paradigms at increasing intervals.
Next Tasks 13.7
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman2021.7.28
Chapter 14:Demonstratives
What is a demonstrative?• Near or Far: This / These or That / Those• Substantive Adjective or Attributive Adjective
Hebrew Demonstratives
• Their forms• How to distinguish substantive use vs. attributive use
Goal: Be Able to Translate Demonstratives 14.2
Attributive Use:• Attributive adjective ‘This day’
Substantive Use:• Subject of a verbless clause ‘This is the day’• Subject of a verb ‘This approached’• Object of a preposition ‘from this’• Object of a verb ‘We did this’
Predicate use does not occur in Hebrew: *’The day is this’ is impossible
Demonstratives Are Used as Attributive or Substantive Adjectives 14.3
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
this thatFeminine
PluralMasculine
these thoseFeminine
English Near and Far Demonstratives Do Not Distinguish Gender 14.4
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
this thatFeminine
PluralMasculine
these thoseFeminine
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
thisהז
thatFeminine
PluralMasculine
these thoseFeminine
• MS הז has MS ending ◌ה
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
thisהז
thatFeminine תאז
PluralMasculine
these thoseFeminine
• MS הז has MS ending ◌ה• FS תאז ends in ◌ תא not ◌ת , so does not have FP ending ◌ת . It has FS ◌ת
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
thisהז
thatFeminine תאז
PluralMasculine
these הלא thoseFeminine
• MS הז has MS ending ◌ה• FS תאז ends in תא with quiescent א, so it has FS ת◌ , not FP ת,◌• CP הלא ends in unaccented ◌ה , so does not have MS ending ◌ה
Hebrew Near Demonstratives Distinguish Gender in Singular 14.5
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
thisהז
thatFeminine תאז
PluralMasculine
these הלא thoseFeminine
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
thisהז
thatאוה
Feminine תאז
PluralMasculine
these הלא thoseFeminine
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
thisהז
thatאוה
Feminine תאז אוה/איה
PluralMasculine
these הלא thoseFeminine
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
thisהז
thatאוה
Feminine תאז אוה/איה
PluralMasculine
these הלא thoseהמה/םה
Feminine הנה
Number Gender Near Demonstrative Far Demonstrative
SingularMasculine
thisהז
thatאוה
Feminine תאז אוה/איה
PluralMasculine
these הלא thoseהמה/םה
Feminine הנה
• The near-far distinction is soft in Hebrew:• The ESV translates the ‘near’ demonstratives as ‘that’ or ‘those’ 46 times,
and the ‘far’ demonstratives as ‘this’ or ‘these’ 119 times.
Hebrew Uses 3rd Person Subject Pronouns for Far Demonstratives 14.6
Demonstratives point to definite things, so attributive use always HAS article.• Attributive adjective ‘This day’ הזה ם,יה
Substantive use always LACKS article.• Subject of a verbless clause (first) ‘This is the day’ ם,יההז• Subject of a verbless clause (last) ‘This is his wife’ ז ,תשא תא• Subject of a verb ‘This one approached’ הז ברק• Object of a preposition ‘from this’ ׃הזמ• Object of a verb ‘We did this’ ז־תא ונישע תא
Rule: Article ↔ Attributive. No Article ↔ Substantive. 14.7
Near Demonstrative Far DemonstrativeN G Substantive Attributive Substantive Attributive
SM הז הזה אוה אוההF תאז תאזה אוה איה אוהה איהה
PM
הלא הלאההמה םה המהה םהה
F הנה הנהה
• NO article on demonstrative → Substantive Use ‘This is David.’
Near Demonstrative Far DemonstrativeN G Substantive Attributive Substantive Attributive
SM הז הזה אוה אוההF תאז תאזה אוה איה אוהה איהה
PM
הלא הלאההמה םה המהה םהה
F הנה הנהה
• NO article on demonstrative → Substantive Use ‘This is David.’
• Article on demonstrative → Attributive Use ‘this day’
Near Demonstrative Far DemonstrativeN G Substantive Attributive Substantive Attributive
SM הז הזה אוה אוההF תאז תאזה אוה איה אוהה איהה
PM
הלא הלאההמה םה המהה םהה
F הנה הנהה
Article Indicates How Demonstrative is Used 14.8
Near Demonstrative Far DemonstrativeN G Substantive Attributive Substantive Attributive
SM הז הזה אוה אוההF תאז תאזה אוה איה אוהה איהה
PM
הלא הלאההמה םה המהה םהה
F הנה הנהה
• A far demonstrative without the article is probably a subject pronoun:he / it OR that she / it OR that they OR those
No-Article Distant Demonstrative: Substantive or Subject Pronoun? 14.9
1. רבדההז
2. הזה רבדה
3. םהה םימיה
4. ׃םה םימי
5. אוהה איבנה
6. אוה איבנ
This is the thing. substantive
this thing attributive
those days attributive
They/Those are days. subject pronoun OR substantive
that prophet attributive
He/It/That is a prophet. subject pronoun OR substantive
Examples of Attributive and Substantive Use of Demonstratives 14.10
0. Memorize the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 14
1. Understand and memorize the grammar Anki RBH_Grammar tag 14
2. Review the new vocabulary Anki RBH_Vocabulary tag 14
3. Practice applying the grammar to the vocab Anki RBH_Workbook tag 14
Continue to review old vocabulary and grammar flashcards as Anki directs.
Continue to practice old paradigms at increasing intervals.
Next Tasks 14.11
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 15:Particles
2021.7.29
Relative Particles• רשא and ש◌
Conjunctions
• יכ םא יכ , , ןכ־לע ,ןכל ., and ןעמל
Behold!
• הנה and ןה
Existence Particles
• ־שי / שי and ןיא /ןיא
Goal: To Understand Several Common Particles 15.2
Relative Particlesרשא and ש
15.3
רשא 5503x• Independent word <תארשא המהבה־לכ
◌ש (also spelled ◌ש / ש / ש / ש / (ש 142x• A prefix that mainly (but not exclusively) occurs on verbs ןתנש התאש ,
• Can precede or follow prefixed prepositions ונלשמ ‘from which to us’
True for both:• Particle, not pronoun: →No gender, number, or case. →No paradigm!• Same meanings: who, which, that• Same uses: always begins a subordinate clause• Same placement: first word of the subordinate clause it begins
Hebrew Has 2 Relative Particles: רשא and ◌ש 15.4
רשא and ◌ש always begin a subordinate clause.
Types of subordinate clauses that can start with רשא or ש◌ include:
• Relative clause ‘He put the man whom he had formed in the garden.’• Functions as an attributive adjective ‘He put the first man in the garden.’
• Substantive clause I saw that he put the man in the garden.’• Functions as a noun ‘I saw Adam.’
רשא and ◌ש Always Begin a Subordinate Clause 15.5
Resumptive Pronoun:1. A pronominal suffix within a relative clause
2. Its antecedent is the word that the relative clause describes• E.g., ׃הב התר ג־רשאץראה
‘the land that you sojourned in it’
3. Is often left untranslated• E.g., ‘the land in which you sojourned’
4. Explains the role of the antecedent within the relative clause• Greek inflects the case of the relative pronoun to do this.
Relative Clauses May Have a Resumptive Pronoun 15.6
הב־Oרד רשאץראה־תא ןתא־<לו
And to him
I will give
DDO
the land
And to him I will give the land
whichhe walked
in it
which he walked in it
And to him I will give the land in which he walked.
<antecedent><resumptive pronoun>
<main clause>
<relative clause>
Example of a Relative Clause with a Resumptive Pronoun 15.7
Conjunctions
יכ םא־יכ , ןכ־לע ,ןכל , , and ןעמל
15.8
יכ ‘Because’ begins a clause that states the cause of something.• E.g., “They could not drink the water of Marah because ( יכ ) it was bitter.”
יכ ‘That’ begins a clause that functions like a noun within a larger clause.• Like a ὅτι of content in Greek
• E.g., “YHWH saw that ( יכ ) the wickedness of mankind was great.”
יכ ‘When’ begins a clause that indicates the time or occasion for something.• E.g., “And in the future, when ( יכ ) your son asks you, …”
Since יכ begins a clause, add a subject &/or ‘to be’ as needed.• E.g., “God saw the light that ( יכ ) good.” → “that [it was] good.”
יכ Begins a Clause and Means ‘Because’, ‘That’, or ‘When’ 15.9
יכ means ‘because’, ‘that’, or ‘when.’
םא . means ‘if’ or ‘or.’
The combination םא יכ . occasionally means ‘because if’, etc.
After a negative, םא יכ . usually gives the positive ‘but’ (‘but instead’) or ‘except.’
• E.g., “Your name will no longer be called Jacob but ( םא יכ ) Israel.”
• E.g., “He did not concern himself with anything except ( םא יכ ) the food he ate.”
As always, maqaaf is optional. םא־יכ . and םא יכ . mean the same.
םא יכ . After a Negative Gives the Positive ‘But’ or ‘Except’ 15.10
ןכ־לע . Therefore
• E.g., “Therefore ( ןכ־לע ) its name was called Babel.”
ןכל . Therefore
• E.g., “You served other gods, therefore ( ןכל ) I will save you no more.”
• ןכל . often (not always) introduces judgment or deliverance.
ןכל . and ןכ־לע Begin a Result Clause: ‘Therefore’ 15.11
ןעמל . So that• E.g., “Say you are my sister, so that ( ןעמל ) it may go well with me.”
When followed by a noun, ןעמל . is often best translated ‘for the sake of’
• E.g., “Act for the sake of ( ןעמל ) your name!”• A purpose clause is implied: “Act so that your name [is honored]!”
ןעמל . Introduces a Purpose: ‘So That’ or ‘For the Sake Of’ 15.12
הנה ןה / . ‘Behold!’
15.13
הנה ןה / usually introduces a turning point or key issue in the narrative.• E.g., “And the dove came back to him in the evening,
הנהו in her mouth was a freshly plucked olive leaf.” (Gen 8:11)• E.g. And Abram said, “ ןה . you have not given me offspring.” (Gen 15:3)
A pronominal suffix on הנה is the subject of its clause.
• E.g., “And the angel of YHWH said to her, נהO pregnant.” (Gen 16:11)• E.g., “In my dream יננה standing on the bank of the Nile.” (Gen 41:17)
יננה יננה / הנה = +1cs ‘behold me’ is also used as a response to being called.• E.g., “God said to him, ‘Abraham!’ And he replied, ‘ יננה ’ “ (Gen 22:1)
Functions of הנה ןה / . (‘Behold!’) 15.14
שי ־שי / ‘There is’
&
ןיא / ןיא . ‘There is not’
15.15
Indicates the existence or presence of something• E.g., “Jacob learned that ־שי grain for sale in Egypt.” (Gen 42:1)
• E.g., “Surely שי YHWH in this place.” (Gen 28:16)
Indicates possession if followed by ל prefixed to a reference to a person• E.g., בא ונל־שי (‘we have a father’; Gen 44:20)
A pronominal suffix on שי . is the subject of its clause (rare)• E.g., “ Qשי sending our brother” = “You are sending our brother” (Gen 43:4)
Functions of שי ־שי / ‘There is’ 15.16
Indicates the non-existence or non-presence of something• E.g., “And food ןיא in all of the land.” (Gen 47:13)
• E.g., “And behold, ־ןיא Joseph in the pit.” (Gen 37:29)
Indicates non-possession if followed by ל prefixed to a reference to a person• E.g., לןיאןבו> (‘and he does not have a son’; Num 27:8)
A pronominal suffix on ןיא is the subject of its clause• E.g., “ םכניא believing in YHWH” = “You are not believing in YHWH” (Dt 1:32)
Functions of ןיא ןיא / ‘There is no’ 15.17
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 16:Introduction to Verbs
2021.7.31
Goal: Learn Terminology that is Used to Describe VerbsStem Verbal Prefix
Qal Stem Subject EndingConjugation Vocalic vs. Consonantal Ending
Finite Verb vs. Non-Finite Verb Lexical FormPerson, Gender, and Number What to Report when ParsingRoot. Root Consonants: R1, R2, R3 Paradigm VerbVowels Strong Verb vs. Weak Verb
V1, V2, V3Stem Vowel VSPrefix Vowel VP
16.2
A verb’s Stem indicates the relationship of the subject to the verb’s action or state.• Voice: Active, Middle, or Passive• E.g., ףסא . in the Qal stem is active voice ‘gather’
is middle voice ‘gather oneselves’or passive voice ‘be gathered’
• Normal or Causative• E.g., ךלה . is ‘walk’ in the Qal stem but ‘cause to walk’ in the Hiphil.
There are 7 stems: Qal, Niphal, Piel, Hitpael, Pual, Hiphil, Hophal• Minor stems are spelling variations of the 7 stems, used for certain verbs.
Stem 16.3
in the Niphal stem
Qal is the basic verb stem.
• 69% of all verbs in the Bible are Qal
• Qal means ‘light’. Its spelling has the fewest prefixes of any stem.
• Active voice e.g., ‘she saw’ NOT ‘she was seen’
• Not causative e.g., ‘she saw’ NOT ‘she caused him to see’
We will learn all verb forms in the Qal stem before studying non-Qal stems.
Qal Stem 16.4
The Conjugation of a verb indicates its time, aspect, and mood.• The meaning is context dependent.
There are 6 conjugations (some have subtypes):1. Infinitive Noun formed from a verb2. Participle Adjective formed from a verb3. Perfect = qatal לטק = Past actions or Present states4. Imperfect = yiqtol לטקי = Future or Modal or Imperfective5. Imperative Command or Request6. Absolute Reinforces or Substitutes for another verb
Conjugation 16.5
A Finite verb indicates the person (1st, 2nd, or 3rd) of its subject.
A Non-Finite verb does not indicate the person of its subject.
The conjugation of a verb determines if it is finite or non-finite:
• Finite: Perfect, Imperfect, and Imperative
• Non-Finite: Participle, Infinitive, and Absolute
Examples
• לטק (Qal perfect 3ms) is a Finite Verb because it is Perfect.
• לטק (Qal participle ms) is a Non-Finite Verb because it is a Participle.
Finite Verb vs. Non-Finite Verb: Definition 16.6
Finite Verb:• Always the predicate of its clause.• Its subject is always the subject of its clause.• Always embeds the person, gender, and number (PGN) of the clause subject.• Therefore, separate subject word is often unnecessary for a finite verb.• E.g., בתכ means ‘he wrote’. It does not need a separate subject אוה .
Non-Finite Verb:• Usually not the predicate of its clause.• Its subject may or may not be the subject of its clause.
Finite Verb vs. Non-Finite Verb: Significance 16.7
Person and Gender and Number (PGN) are defined the same for verbs as for ■• Person: 1st or 2nd or 3rd
• Gender: Masculine or Feminine (‘Common’ if MF same spelling)• Number: Singular or Plural (no Dual)
The PGN of a verb is the PGN of the subject of the verb.• The subject of a finite verb is the subject of the clause. It has PGN.• The subject of non-finite verbs may or may not be the subject of the clause.• The subject of a participle is the noun that it modifies or replaces. It has GN.• Infinitives and absolutes do not have a built-in subject, so they lack PGN.
Person , Gender, & Number (PGN) 16.8
The Root of a verb is a set of three consonants. שדק לכאךלה• The Root carries the lexical meaning (e.g., ‘walk’, ‘eat’, ‘be holy’).• R1, R2, and R3 are the three Root Consonants.
Example root רמש ‘keep’
R1 ש =
R2 מ =
R3 ר =
Root. Root Consonants: R1, R2, R3 16.9
V1, V2, and V3 are the vowels that follow R1, R2, and R3 in an inflected form.
E.g., הנרבדת has root רבד• R3 ר = R2 ב = R1 ד =• V3 = ◌ V2 = ◌ V1 = ◌
E.g., רבדמ has root רבד• R3 ר = R2 ב = R1 ד =• V3 = none V2 = ◌ V1 = ◌
V1, V2, and V3 are the vowels that follow R1, R2, and R3 in an inflected form.
E.g., הנרבדת has root רבד• R3 ר = R2 ב = R1 ד =• V3 = ◌ V2 = ◌ V1 = ◌
E.g., רבדמ has root רבד• R3 ר = R2 ב = R1 ד =• V3 = none V2 = ◌ V1 = ◌
Vowels: V1, V2, V3 16.10
Stem vowel VS is the vowel in front of R3
• VS = V2 normally (exceptions next semester!)
• E.g., הנרבדת has VS = tsere
• E.g., רבדמ has VS = qamats
• E.g., הנרבדת
• E.g., רבדמ
Stem Vowel VS 16.11
The Verbal Prefix occurs immediately before the verbal root.
The Verbal Prefix normally consists of one consonant and the Prefix Vowel VP
• הנרבדת prefix = ת VP = ◌• רבדמ prefix = מ VP = ◌• ונרבדנ prefix = נ VP = ◌
The Verbal Prefix depends upon the verb form (stem, conjugation, person, etc.)
• Not all verb forms have a verbal prefix.
• E.g., רבד has no verbal prefix because ד is R1
Verbal Prefix and Prefix Vowel VP 16.12
A Subject Ending gives information about the subject of a verb.
• The subject ending on a Finite Verb indicates the PGN of its subject.
• The subject ending on a Participle indicates the GN of its subject.
• Infinitives and Absolutes do not have a subject ending.
The Subject Ending is one or more consonants and vowels immediately after R3
• הנרבדת subject ending = הנ• ורבד subject ending = ו• רבד has no subject ending
Subject Ending 16.13
A Vocalic Ending begins with a vowel.
• ורבד subject ending = ו• הרבד subject ending = ◌ה
A Consonantal Ending begins with a consonant.
• הנרבדת subject ending = הנ• םתרבד subject ending = םת
• רבד
Recall: Endings are Either Vocalic or Consonantal 16.14
The Lexical Form of a word is the form that occurs as a dictionary entry.
The Lexical Form of a verb is the Qal Perfect 3ms, if that form occurs in the Bible.
• The Qal perfect 3ms consists of the root with qamats for V1 and patah for V2
• @רד שרד , רמש ,• Its meaning and spelling will be discussed in a future lesson.
The Lexical Form of a verb is the Root if the Qal Perfect 3ms does not occur.
• שקב ‘seek’• רבד ‘speak’
Lexical Form 16.15
• Root רבד• Stem Qal, Niphal, etc.• Conjugation Perfect, Imperfect, etc.• Person if a Finite Verb 1, 2, or 3• Gender if not an Infinitive or Absolute M, F, C• Number if not an Infinitive or Absolute S or P• Any prefixed words article+ ,כ+ ,ו+• Any suffix pronominal or paragogic +2ms, +par ה
Example: Parse ילעפלו לעפ QPtMS+1+ל+וcs
What to Report When Parsing a Verb 16.16
לטק ‘kill’ is used as the Paradigm Verb.
• All verb paradigms are shown using לטק E.g., QP3ms is לטק
• Some verb conjugations are named based on לטק E.g., qatal = לטק
• לטק is used because it follows all standard verb paradigms completely.
• It is used because it never has a meaningless dagesh in the root consonants.
Paradigm Verb לטק 16.17
A Strong Verb is spelled like לטק . E.g., בתכ
A Weak Verb has a root consonant that changes its spelling in certain verb forms.
• E.g., ךרב . has resh for R2,so it is a weak verb in verb forms that put a doubling dagesh in R2.
We will learn all verb forms for strong verbs before beginning weak verbs.
Strong Verb vs. Weak Verb 16.18
Goal: Learn Terminology that is Used to Describe VerbsStem Verbal Prefix
Qal Stem Subject EndingConjugation Vocalic vs. Consonantal Ending
Finite Verb vs. Non-Finite Verb Lexical FormPerson, Gender, and Number What to Report when ParsingRoot. Root Consonants: R1, R2, R3 Paradigm VerbVowels Strong Verb vs. Weak Verb
V1, V2, V3Stem Vowel VS Memorize the grammar flashcards.Prefix Vowel VP Do the workbook exercises.
16.19
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 17:Qal Infinitive
2021.10.15
Verb accent rule
Q∞= Qal Infinitive
Learn to parse Q∞ of strong verbs
• Any prefix (ו / interrogative / ב כ / ל / ןמ / . / article)
• Any pronominal suffix
Understand Q∞
• Common uses, meanings, and translations
Goal: Learn to Parse and Translate Qal Infinitives 17.2
Rule: Verbs accent VS (stem vowel) תלטק
Except:
1. Never accent a reduced vowel (or silent shva) (* ולטק → ולטק )
2. Certain subject endings grab the accent (* הלוטק → הלוטק )
3. Pronominal suffixes move the accent to V3 (* 1לטק → 1לטק )
• Accent keeps moving left as needed (* 2לטק → * 2לטק → 2לטק )
Verb Accent Rule 17.3
Parsinga Qal Infinitive (Q∞)
17.4
Verb characteristics• Root רמש ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q)• Conjugation Infinitive (∞)
NO SUBJECT ENDING →No gender. No number. No person.
+Additions• +Prefixed words + ,ל+ ,כ+ ,ב+ ,?+ ,ו+ ןמ
• +Pronominal suffix +1cs, +3fp, etc.
Example:• Parse ׃הרמשלו רמש = Q∞+3+ל+וfs
NEVER AN ARTICLE
What to Report When Parsing an Infinitive 17.5
The infinitive does not inflect• There is one form of the infinitive for each verbal stem (Qal, Niphal, etc.)
The Q∞ is spelled ◌◌◌ לטק ) )
Memorize the following:
1. Qal VS ◌ (This is the default Qal VS)
2. ◌◌◌ Q∞
The Q∞ is Spelled לטק ( ◌◌◌ ) 17.6
Recall that 1 is the plene spelling of ◌• Q∞ plene spelling ל1טק → לטק
Recall phonetic rule: ־◌◌ is (QQ) and Was ◌◌
• Q∞ with maqqaf ־לטק → לטק
Recall that hataf vowels ( ◌◌◌ ) are vocal shva (◌) under a guttural• Q∞ with R1 = guttural לכא and רבע → לטק
Recall that word-final patah ( ◌ ) is furtive patah and therefore meaningless• Q∞ with furtive patah עמש → לטק
Expected Alternate Spellings of the Q∞ לטק 17.7
Remember: Pronominal suffix ■moves the accent to V3
• Expect Q∞+■= לטק →■ לטק or ■ לטק (QQ)
• Those expected spellings of Q∞+■ are very rare.
Usually Q∞+■ is spelled with QQ for V1 לטק →■ לטק (QQ)
• Memorize ■ לטק Q∞+■ (qq)
Pronominal Suffix Changes Q∞ Spelling: לטק →■ לטק (QQ) 17.8
• ע◌◌
• Basic spelling ◌◌◌
• Expected Variations ◌◌1◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ־◌◌◌ (qq) ◌◌◌
• Memorize ■ ◌◌◌ (qq)
Summary of Spellings of Q∞ 17.9
Qal (Q)Qal (Q) ◌Qal (Q) ◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌
Qal (Q) ◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ → לטק
Qal (Q) ◌
◌◌◌ ∞+■ (qq) →■ לטק
◌◌◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ → לטק
Standard VS
Summary of the Qal Stem Thus Far 17.10
Most ! (86%) have a prefixed preposition ( ןמ/ל/כ/ב )
The only verb forms that are the object of a preposition are ! and participles• A prefixed preposition on a verb (or a preposition immediately before it)
massively narrows down your parsing options for the verb!
Prefixed prepositions are easy on an !• Same as on nouns and adjectives לטק →ל + * לטקל → לטקל
• An infinitive never has the article!
• So ignore the vowel that connects the prefixed preposition to the infinitive.
Prefixed Prepositions Help Us Parse ! 17.11
• Total infinitives 6587 100%• +Prefixed preposition 5669 86%• ל+ 4506 68%• ב+ 727 11%• כ+ 250 4%• + ןמ . 186 3%
• +Interrogative ה 7• +Article 0
86% of Infinitives Have a Prefixed Preposition 17.12
• A verb that is the object of a preposition is an infinitive or a participle.
• A verb that has the article is a participle.
Memorize these 2 Verb-Parsing Rules 17.13
Grammar, Translation, and Meaningof Infinitives
17.14
Examples:
• רמש ‘to keep’ or ‘keeping’
• ABמ ‘to reign’ or ‘reigning’
Initial Translation of an Infinitive: ‘to __’ or ‘__ing’ 17.15
Subject
• 1כלמ = ךלמ Q∞+3ms ‘his reigning’
• ׃2חלש = חלש Q∞+2ms ‘your sending’
Direct Object
• ונטפש = טפש Q∞+1cp ‘judging us’
• ׃הרמש = רמש Q∞+3fs ‘keeping her/it’
Indirect Object (Rare. Restricted to specific verbs)
• 1רבד = רבד D∞+3ms ‘speaking to him/it’
Subject
• 1כלמ = ךלמ Q∞+3ms ‘his reigning’
• ׃2חלש = חלש Q∞+2ms ‘your sending’
Direct Object
• ונטפש = טפש Q∞+1cp ‘to judge us’ OR ‘judging us’
• ׃הרמש = רמש Q∞+3fs ‘to keep her/it’ OR ‘keeping her/it’
Indirect Object (Rare. Restricted to specific verbs)
• 1רבד = רבד D∞+3ms ‘to speak to him/it’ OR ‘speaking to him/it’
Pronominal Suffix can be Subject or Object of an Infinitive 17.16
Function as a noun• Subject of a clause ‘reading is fun’• Direct object of a verb ‘I like reading’• Part of a construct chain ‘the reading of the book’• Object of a preposition ‘by reading’
Function as an adverb• Temporal ‘while running’• Complement ‘start to run’• Manner or degree ‘anger by sinning’ ‘angry enough to destroy’• Purpose or result ‘They came to make him reign.’
Infinitives Have Many FunctionsInfinitives Have Many Functions: (1) As a NounInfinitives Have Many Functions: (1) As a Noun, (2) As an Adverb 17.17
Subject of a clause
• ב1ט חבזמעמש ‘to listen is better than sacrifice’
Direct object of a verb
• 2ינפלידמע ׀רכז ‘Remember my standing before you’
Part of a construct chain
• םיטפשהטפש ימיב ‘in the days of the judging of the judges’
• 1שרד ימיבו ‘in the days of his seeking’
Infinitive Can Act Like a Noun 17.18
1עמשירחא
‘after his hearing’ → ‘after he heard’
ידקפ־דע
‘until my punishing’ → ‘until I punish’
1כלמכ כ+∞ = ‘as soon as ∞’‘as his reigning’ → ‘as soon as he reigned’
2עמשב ב+∞ = ‘when/while ∞‘
‘in your hearing’ → ‘when you heard’
Memorize:1. כ+∞ = ‘as soon as‘2. ב+∞ = ‘when/while‘3. ■ on temporal ∞ is subject of ∞
Infinitive with ירחא/דע/כ/ב Usually Indicates TimeAnd Its Pronominal Suffix is the Subject of the Infinitive
17.19
Complementary infinitive with certain verbs• ל ע1משובא־א
‘They were not willing to hear’
Manner• וית1צמרמש יתלבל הוהי־תא חכשת־ןפ
‘lest you forget YHWH by not keeping his commandments’
Degree• ׃םכתאדימשהל םכב הוהי ף נאתיו
‘And YHWH was angry at you enough to destroy you’
Additional Adverbial Uses of an Infinitive (1/2) 17.20
Purpose• לשורי ואב הוהילח1בזל ם
‘They came to Jerusalem to sacrifice to Yahweh.’
Result• דימשהלו ... םעברי תיב תאטחל הזה רבדב יהיו
‘And this thing became a sin of the house of Jeroboam … and to destroy [it].’
Additional Adverbial Uses of an Infinitive (2/2) 17.21
1. שרדל
2. ־שרדל
3. ע1משמ
4. 2רמשל
5. 1כלמכ
6. יחלשב
שרד Q∞+ל to seek OR for seeking
שרד Q∞+ל to seek OR for seeking
עמש Q∞+ ןמ from hearing
רמש Q∞+2+לms to keep you OR your keeping
ךלמ Q∞+3+כms as soon as he reigned/reigns
חלש Q∞+1+בcs when I sent/send
Parse and Translate 17.22
Summary
17.23
A verb that is the object of a preposition is an infinitive or a participle.
A verb with the article is a participle.
Verbs accent VS (e.g., לטק ), except:
1. Never accent a reduced vowel (* ולטק → ולטק )
2. Certain subject endings are accented (* הלוטק → הלוטק )
3. Pronominal suffix moves accent to V3 (* 1לטק → 1לטק )
Summary: General Rules to Memorize 17.24
∞ is a verbal noun = a noun made from a verb
• ∞ is a noun that refers to the action of the verb ‘to run’ or ‘running’
• ∞ can do anything that a noun can do: subject, object, adverb, …
• ■ on an ∞ is the subject or object of the ∞ ‘her sending’ or ‘sending her’
• כ∞ = ‘as soon as ∞’ ■ is subject of ∞כ
• ב∞ = ‘when/while ∞’ ■ is subject of ∞ב
Summary: Infinitive Meaning and Grammar 17.25
Spelling of Q∞ לטק
• Expected variations עטק־לטקלטאלטא ל1טק
Spelling of Q∞+■ ■ לטק (qq)
Understand and Memorize the verb-stem table for the Qal:
Qal (Q) ◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞
Qal (Q) ◌
◌◌◌ ∞+■ (qq)◌◌◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞
Summary of the Qal Infinitive (Q∞) Spelling 17.26
Four types of RBH_Workbook exercises in Anki, starting in this chapter:1. Inflect (write the new verb forms from this chapter) 17inflect2. Parse (mainly this chapter’s verb forms) 17parse3. Translate (mainly this chapter’s verb forms) 17translate4. VocabContext (translate this chapter’s vocab in context) 17vocabContext
Recommendations:
• Memorize the vocabulary, grammar flashcards, and paradigmsbefore doing any workbook exercises.• Inflect, then Parse and Translate flashcards until you get the hang of them.• Do all of the VocabContext flashcards as a way to reinforce the vocabulary.
Workbook Exercises 17.27
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 18:Qal Participle
2021.10.26
Goal: Learn to Parse and Translate Qal Participles
Be able to spell and parse qal participles of strong verbs• Any prefix (ו / interrogative / ב כ / ל / ןמ / / article)• Any pronominal suffix
Understand qal participles• Common uses, meanings, and translations
18.2
General Rule: Shva Before Subject Ending on a Verb
Rule: Shva before the subject ending on a verb.
• E.g., ת לטק + → * תלטק → תלטק• E.g., ◌םי לטק + → * םילטק → םילטק
Except if shva would replace:
1. V1 ת◌◌ + לטק → תלטק (not * תלטק )
2. Vowel letter ו ליטקה + → וליטקה (not * ולטקה )
3. Qamats ת6 לטקנ + → ת6לטקנ (not * ת6לטקנ )
18.3 Participles are Verbal Adjectives
Verb properties
• Root לטק• Stem Qal
• Conjugation Participle
Adjective properties
• Uses Attributive, Predicate, Substantive
• Gender (M or F), Number (S or P), State (absolute or construct)
• Adjective endings
18.4
What to Report when Parsing a ParticipleVerb characteristics• Root רבע ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q)• Conjugation Participle (Pt)
Adjective characteristics• Gender M, F• Number (no dual because adjectives are never dual) S, P• State absolute or construct
+Additions• +Prefixed words ןמ/ל/כ/ב ,interrogative ,ו , article• +Pronominal suffix 1cs, 3fp, etc.
18.5 Example Participle Parsing
-ית)אלפנב אלפ = . NPtFP+2+בmsית)אלפנב- אלפ = . NPtFP+2+בmsית)אלפנב- אלפ = . NPtFP+2+בmsית)אלפנב- אלפ = . NPtFP+2+בmsית)אלפנב- אלפ = . NPtFP+2+בmsית)אלפנב- אלפ = . NPtFP+2+בms
Root
Stem
Conjugation
GenderNumber
+Prefixed word
+Pronominalsuffix
18.6
Spelling of a Qal Participle
18.7 QPtMS is Spelled לטק
The basic spelling of an adjective is the MS, because that form has no ending.
• Therefore, the basic spelling of a participle is the MS.
לטק QPtMS is spelled לטק• V1 = ◌ (V1 always ◌ or 6. Never reduced. Never QQ)
• VS = ◌• Accent VS as usual
18.8
Qal (Q) ◌
◌◌◌ ∞+■ (qq)
◌◌◌
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞
Qal (Q) ◌ (◌Pt)
◌◌◌ ∞+■ (qq)
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞
Qal (Q) ◌ (◌Pt)
◌◌◌ ∞+■ (qq)
◌◌◌ Pt → לטק
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞
Standard VS
Summary of the Qal Stem Thus Far 18.9
Number Gender Ending
Singular
Masculine None
Feminineה◌
ת◌
PluralMasculine םי◌
Feminine ת6◌
QPt Comment
לטק Accent VS as usual
הלטק לטק Shva before subject ending
תלטק לטק No shva before ending if V1
םילטק לטק Shva before subject ending
ת6לטק לטק Shva before subject ending
FS participles use endings ◌ה and ◌◌תRule: Shva before subject ending on a verb, unless it replaces V1, vowel letter, ◌Generate the QPt Paradigm by Adding the Adjective Endings 18.10
Absolute State with No Pronominal Suffix# G Defective -mixed- Plene
S M לטק לט6ק
S F הלטק הלט6ק
S F תלטק תלט6ק
P M םלטק םלט6ק/םילטק םילט6ק
P F ת>טק ת>ט6ק/ת6לטק ת6לט6ק
As Usual, Spelling Can Be Plene or Defective (or Mixed) 18.11
Defective word-final ◌ is restricted to specific words, so PtFS ◌ה is never defective
What to Memorize for the QPt Spelling
Don’t brute-force memorize the QPt paradigm. Instead, learn to generate it.
Memorize the 2 rules, which apply to all verbs:1. Accent VS unless reduced vowel, accented ending, or pronominal suffix.2. Shva before subject ending unless it would replace V1, vowel letter or ◌
Memorize this for all participles:• Participles use adjective endings, with FS ת ending ◌◌ת
Memorize 2 things for Qal Participle (QPt) spelling:1. ◌◌◌ QPt (V1 always ◌ or 6. Never reduced. Never QQ)2. Qal VS ◌Pt
18.12
Absolute State# G Bare
S
M None לטק
Fה◌ הלטק
ת◌ תלטק
PM םי◌ םילטק
F ת6◌ ת6לטק
Absolute State Construct State# G Bare
S
M None לטק None לטק
Fה◌ הלטק ת◌ תלטק
ת◌ תלטק ת◌ תלטק
PM םי◌ םילטק י◌ ילטק
F ת6◌ ת6לטק ת6◌ ת6לטק
Absolute State Construct State# G Bare +■
S
M None לטק ◌■ ■לטק None לטק
Fה◌ הלטק ■ת◌ ■תלטק ת◌ תלטק
ת◌ תלטק ■ת◌ ■תלטק ת◌ תלטק
PM םי◌ םילטק ■י◌ ■ילטק י◌ ילטק
F ת6◌ ת6לטק ■ית6◌ ■ית6לטק ת6◌ ת6לטק
QPt in Absolute State, with Pronominal Suffix, or Construct State 18.13
Note that all forms have V1 = ◌ Note that only MS has VS = ◌
# G +■ QPt+■ +1cp +2ms +3ms
S
M ◌■ ■לטק ונלטק =לטק 6לטק
F■ת◌ ■תלטק =תלטק 6תלטק
■ת◌ ■תלטק
PM ■י◌ ■ילטק ונילטק =ילטק וילטק
F ■ית6◌ ■ית6לטק ונית6לטק
+1cs
ילטק
ילטק
Pt+■ Uses the ■ and Endings that We Learned for Adjectives 18.14
Note that all forms have V1 = ◌ (V1 always ◌ or 6. Never reduced. Never QQ)
You need to recognize these forms, but do NOT need to write them.
# G Absolute State Construct State
S M לטק = לטק
S F הלטק תלטק
S F תלטק = תלטק
P M םילטק ילטק
P F ת6לטק = ת6לטק
• Qal VS ◌Pt• ◌◌◌ QPt
• Shva before subject ending unless replaces V1, …• Accent VS unless reduced vowel, accented ending, …
Practice Writing the QPt Paradigm (No Pronominal Suffix) 18.15 Prefixed Words on Participles Are Just Like on Adjectives
Conjunction vav or interrogative first• Conjunction vav 1008 םיבתכו• Interrogative 13 רמשה
Prefixed prepositions come next• ל 285 ירמשל• כ 85 Aרדכ• ב 66 םירשקב• ןמ 55 דכBמ
Article comes right before the participle itself• ◌ה 1819 רבדה םיטפשל ,
18.16
A verb that is the object of a preposition is ∞ or Pt.
A verb with an article is a participle.
ParticipleUses, Meanings, and Translations
18.17 Participles are Used Just Like Adjectives
Attributive After its noun and agrees with its definiteness• Often best translated into English as a relative clause• 6מעםידמעה םישנאה ‘the men who were standing with him’
Predicate Deprived of the article and clause lacks another predicate• םכילעאשנ יכנא ‘I am carrying over you’
Substantive If used as a noun (construct chain, subject of verb, …)• Indicates the person who does the action of the participle verb• םירעהיבשי־לכ ‘all of the inhabitants of the cities’
18.18
GN of a Participle Always Agree with the GN of its NounAttributive participle: GN of the noun it modifies• ‘the men who were standing with him’• ‘Who were standing’ is MP to describe the MP noun ‘men’
Predicate participle: GN of the subject of the clause• ‘I am carrying over you’• ‘am carrying’ is MS to describe the MS subject ‘I’
Substantive participle: GN of the noun it replaces• ‘all of the inhabitants of the cities’• ‘the inhabitants of’ is MP to refer to MP people
The noun associated with a participle is the one doing the action of the participle.
18.19 Adjective Endings on a Participle are its Subject Endings
Participles Use Adjective Endings as Subject Endings ת6◌ /םי◌ / ה◌ / —• They indicate the participle GN, which is the GN of the subject of the participle.
The subject of the participle:• Has the GN indicated by the subject ending on the participle.• Is the noun associated with the participle.• Does the action of the participle.• Is the subject of the clause IF the participle is the predicate.
•Might or might not be if the participle is attributive or substantive.• E.g., ‘I saw kids who were playing.’ Pt subject ‘kids.’ Clause subject ‘I.’
18.20
The Subject of a Predicate Participle is the Subject of the Clause
Noun as subject of a predicate participle (and the clause)
• םמעAלהםהרבאו ‘And Abraham was walking with them’
Pronoun as subject of a predicate participle (and the clause)
• אשניכנא ‘I am carrying’
Pronominal suffix on הנה or ןיא . as subject of a predicate participle (and clause)
• דמעיננה ‘Behold, I was standing’
• ןדריה־תארבעינ ניא ‘I am not passing over the Jordan’
18.21 Time, Aspect, and Mood of a Predicate Participle
Participles take their time (and aspect and mood) from the context• Aלה יכנא ‘I (was/am/will be) walking’
Predicate participles may indicate action that is about to occur, especially if הנה• ימעלAל6ה יננה ‘Behold, I am about to go to my people’
• But not always דמע יננה ‘Behold, I was standing’
Predicate participles often indicate repeated, continuous, or characteristic action• אצי אוה ‘He (is/was/will be) going out’
18.22
A Participle after a Preposition is Substantive & the Object of the Prep
The word immediately after a preposition is the object of the preposition.• A participle after a preposition is the object of the preposition.• A participle with a prefixed preposition is the object of the preposition.
The object of a preposition is a noun or something acting like a noun.• A participle immediately after a preposition is acting substantively.• So it means ‘the person who does the action of the participle.’
• E.g., בשיב ‘with one who inhabits’
• E.g., אצ6יל ‘to the one who goes out’
• E.g., עד6י־לא ‘to one who knows’
The Meaning of a Pronominal Suffix on a Participle
A pronominal suffix on an infinitive can be either the subject or object of the ∞• E.g., =חלש Subject: ‘your action of sending’ OR Object: ‘sending you’
But adjective endings indicate the participle subject. So ■ is NEVER its subject.
A pronominal suffix on a participle usually indicates the direct object of the Pt.• E.g., 6עד6י ‘[the] one who knows him/it’• E.g., וידבע ‘[the] ones who serve him/it’
A pronominal suffix may indicate the ‘possessor’ of a substantival participle• E.g., =יער ‘your herdsmen’• E.g., יתמ ‘my dead person’
18.24
1. ׃ןת6נו2. הרמאה3. םיכלה4. תדמע5. ׃םירבעל6. ׃וידבע7. ׃ונעד6י8. ׀יבש6ימ
ןתנ QPtMS+vav and one who gives OR and giving
רמא QPtFS+the the one who says
ךלה QPtMP(absolute) ones who go OR going
דמע QPtFS one who stands OR standing
רבע QPtMP+ל+the to the ones who pass
דבע QPtMP+3ms [the] ones who serve him OR serving him
עדי QPtMS+1cp [the] one who knows us OR knowing us
בשי QPtMP(construct)+ ןמ from inhabitants of
Parse and Translate Qal Participles 18.25 Summary: QPt Spelling
• Additions to qal summary table for QPt ◌◌◌• V1 always ◌ or 6. Never reduced. Never QQ.
18.26
Qal (Q) ◌ (◌Pt)◌◌◌ ∞+■ (qq)◌◌◌ Pt◌◌◌◌◌◌ ∞
# G Absolute Construct
S
M לטק לטק
Fהלטק תלטק
תלטק תלטק
PM םילטק ילטק
F ת6לטק ת6לטק
• Pt subject endings are adjective endings.• FS ת ending is ◌◌ת
• Rule: Shva before subject endingunless: V1, vowel letter, or qamats.
Summary: Meaning of ParticiplesParticiples are adjectives made out of verbs, so same uses as adjectives.• Attributive use: often translated with a relative clause (‘David, who is going’)• Predicate use: imperfective aspect (‘going’) or imminent future (‘about to go’)• Substantive use: the one(s) doing the action of the participle (‘those who go’)
Subject of a participle• The one(s) doing the action of the participle• Its GN is indicated by the subject ending of the participle.• Attributive participle subject is the noun that it modifies (‘David who is going’)• Predicate participle subject is the subject of the clause (‘David is about to go’)• Substantive participle subject is the participle itself (‘those who go’)
18.27 Summary: Pronominal Suffix on a Participle
The subject ending indicates the GN of the subject of a participle.• The subject ending of a participle does NOT not indicate person (1st, 2nd, 3rd),
so participles are NOT finite verbs.
A pronominal suffix on a participle• NEVER the subject of the participle (the subject ending indicates the subject)• Usually the direct object of the participle I am about to judge you• Sometimes the ‘possessor’ of a substantive participle your herdsmen
18.28
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 19:Qal Passive Participle
2021.10.29
QPp = Qal Passive Participle
Learn to write לטק QPp paradigm (with no prefix or pronominal suffix).
Learn to parse QPp of any strong verb
• Any prefix (ו / interrogative / ב כ / ל / ןמ / . / article)
• Any pronominal suffix
Understand QPp
• Common uses, meanings, and translations
Goal: Learn to Parse and Translate Qal Passive Participles (QPp) 19.2
The rules that state ‘participle’ include both the QPt and the QPp:• Rule: A verb that is the object of a preposition
is a participle (including QPp) or infinitive.• Rule: A verb with the article is a participle (including QPp)
Qal Participle Qal Passive ParticipleQPt QPp
Last Chapter This chapterActive Voice Passive Voice
5092 occurrences 968 occurrences
Qal Has Two Participles: QPt & QPp 19.3
Similarities:• Same grammar Verbal adjectives: attributive, predicate, substantive• Same subject endings Adjective endings• Same spelling rules: Verb Accent Rule
Differences:• Different V1 and VS
• QPpFS never occurs with ת ending ◌◌ת• Different rules matter: Shva-before-ending rule vs. Qamats reduction rule• Active voice vs. passive voice
Comparing QPt and QPp 19.4
The Meaning of Qal Passive Participles
19.5
Active voice: The subject does the action of the verb• E.g., She reports it.• E.g., She judges Israel.• E.g., She seeks God.
Passive voice: The subject receives the action of the verb• E.g., It is reported.• E.g., Israel is judged.• E.g., God is sought.
Active Voice vs. Passive Voice 19.6
QPt is active voice• The participle’s GN indicates who does the action of the participle.
QPp is passive voice• The participle’s GN indicates who receives the action of the participle.
Example בתכ ‘write’• QPt one who writes writing• QPp thing that is written being written
Example רחב ‘choose’• QPt one who chooses choosing• QPp one who is chosen being chosen
Translating QPt vs. QPp 19.7
A pronominal suffix on a QPt usually indicates the direct object of the QPt.• E.g., 6יעד2י ‘[the] ones who know you’ OR ‘knowing you'• But passive verbs never have a direct object, so this does NOT apply to QPp.
For some QPt and all QPp, the ■ indicates the ‘possessor’ of the participle.• E.g., יתמ תומ = QPtMS+1cs ‘my dead person’
• This is always true for Pp, since they never have a direct object• E.g., וידקפ דקפ = QPpMP+3ms ‘his ones who are listed (in a census)’
• The verb דקפ ‘to list (in a census)’ is almost the only verb that has QPp+■
The Meaning of a Pronominal Suffix (+■) on a QPt and QPp 19.8
Spelling the QPp
19.9
1. ◌◌◌ QPp Reduces to ◌ if accent moved
2. Qal VS ו◌ Pp Plene ו or defective ◌. Never replaced with ◌
3. QPpFS does not use the ◌◌ת ending. Because we need VS ו◌ =
3 Things to Memorize for the QPp Spelling לוטק 19.10
Qal (Q) ◌ (◌Pt)
◌◌◌ (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞
Qal (Q) ◌ (◌Pt, (Ppו
◌◌◌ Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞
Qal (Q) ◌ (◌Pt, (Ppו
◌◌◌ Pp, (qq) ∞+■ → לוטק
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞
Qal (Q) ◌ (◌Pt, (Ppו
◌◌◌ Pp, (qq) ∞+■ → לוטק
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ (Pp+◌) → לוטק
Standard VS Rule: Qamats (& maybe tsere) reduce if a full vowel separates it from the accent.
Summary of the Qal Stem Thus Far 19.11
Rule: Shva before subject ending on a verb, unless it replaces V1, vowel letter, ◌.
Rule: Qamats (& maybe tsere) reduce if a full vowel separates it from the accent.
Always:
• QPt V1 ◌• QPp VS ו
Only in MS:
• QPt VS ◌• QPp V1 ◌
Absolute State with No Pronominal SuffixN G Ending QPt QPp
S
M None לטק
F ה◌
F ת◌◌
PM םי◌
F ת2◌
Absolute State with No Pronominal SuffixN G Ending QPt QPp
S
M None לטק
F ה◌ הלטק
F ת◌◌ תלטק
PM םי◌ םילטק
F ת2◌ ת2לטק
Absolute State with No Pronominal SuffixN G Ending QPt QPp
S
M None לטק לוטק
F ה◌ הלטק
F ת◌◌ תלטק
PM םי◌ םילטק
F ת2◌ ת2לטק
Absolute State with No Pronominal SuffixN G Ending QPt QPp
S
M None לטק לוטק
F ה◌ הלטק הלוטק
F ת◌◌ תלטק —
PM םי◌ םילטק םילוטק
F ת2◌ ת2לטק ת2לוטק
Absolute State with No Pronominal SuffixN G Ending QPt QPp
S
M None לטק לוטק
F ה◌ הלטק הלוטק
F ת◌◌ תלטק —
PM םי◌ םילטק םילוטק
F ת2◌ ת2לטק ת2לוטק
Add Adjective Endings to MS Form to Create QPt & QPp Paradigms 19.12
Absolute State with No Pronominal SuffixN G Defective -mixed- Plene
SM לטק לוטק
F הלטק הלוטק
PM םלטק םלוטק/םילטק םילוטק
F תAטק תAוטק/ת2לטק ת2לוטק
Defective word-final ◌ is restricted to specific words. FS ◌ה is never defective.
As Usual, QPp Spelling Can Be Plene or Defective (or Mixed) 19.13
Absolute StateN G Bare
S
M None
Fה◌
ת◌
PM םי◌
F ת2◌
Absolute StateN G Bare
S
M None לוטק
Fה◌
ת◌
PM םי◌
F ת2◌
Absolute StateN G Bare
S
M None לוטק
Fה◌ הלוטק
ת◌ —
PM םי◌ םילוטק
F ת2◌ ת2לוטק
Absolute StateN G Bare +■
S
M None לוטק ◌■ ■לוטק
Fה◌ הלוטק ■ת◌ ■תלוטק
ת◌ — ■ת◌ —
PM םי◌ םילוטק ■י◌ ■ילוטק
F ת2◌ ת2לוטק ■ית2◌ ■ית2לוטק
Absolute State Construct StateN G Bare +■
S
M None לוטק ◌■ ■לוטק None לוטק
Fה◌ הלוטק ■ת◌ ■תלוטק ת◌ תלוטק
ת◌ — ■ת◌ — ת◌ —
PM םי◌ םילוטק ■י◌ ■ילוטק י◌ ילוטק
F ת2◌ ת2לוטק ■ית2◌ ■ית2לוטק ת2◌ ת2לוטק
Qamats reduces when full vowel between it & accentQamats reduces when full vowel between it & accent, or if penult in the construct.
QPp in Absolute State, with Pronominal Suffix, or Construct State 19.14
N G Absolute State Construct State
S M
S F
P M
P F
N G Absolute State Construct State
S M לוטק לוטק
S F הלוטק תלוטק
P M םילוטק ילוטק
P F ת2לוטק ת2לוטק
• Qal VS ו◌ Pp• ◌◌◌ QPp
• Qamats reduces if full vowel between it & accentor if it is the penultimate vowel in the construct state.
Notice: All forms have VS ו = (◌). Only MS in the absolute state has V1=◌
Practice Writing the QPp Paradigm without a Pronominal Suffix 19.15
1. םיבתכה
2. םיבותכה
3. םיבתכה
4. ירוחב
5. םירוסאלו
6. םהידקפ
7. וידקפ
בתכ QPtMP+the the ones who write
בתכ QPpMP+the the things that are written
בתכ QPpMP+the the things that are written
רחב QPpMP(construct) ones who are chosen of
רסא QPpMP(absolute)+ו+ל and to ones who are bound
דקפ QPpMP+3mp their listed ones
דקפ QPpMP+3ms his listed ones
Parse and Translate QPt and QPp 19.16
6רובעב המדאההרורא1.QPpFS absoluteררא[Predicate Use]
The ground (was/is/will be) cursed because of you (ms).
׃הזהרפסה־לעםיבותכה תירבה ירבד2.QPpMP+theבתכ[Attributive Use]
the words of the covenant that (were/are/will be) written on this scroll
השמ רפסבבותככ3.[Substantive Use]בתכ+QPpMS+theכ
according to the thing that (was/is/will be) written in the scroll of Moses
Examples of Qal Passive Participles 19.17
Grammar & Meaning is same as QPt, except:• Passive voice (e.g., QPt ‘writing’ →QPp ‘being written’)• +■ is rare. Never direct object. Always ‘possessor’ of substantive participle.
Spelling is same as QPt, except:• Additions to Qal Summary Table: V1 & VS
• Always has VS ו (or defective ◌),so it never uses FS ending ◌◌ת• Rule: Qamats reduces when full vowel
between it & accent, or if penult in the construct.
Qal (Q) ◌ (◌Pt, (Ppו
◌◌◌ Pp, (qq) ∞+■◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ (Pp+◌)
Summary of QPp 19.18
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 20:Qal Perfect
2021.10.31
Goal: Learn to Parse and Translate Qal Perfect (QP)
• QP = Qal Perfect
• Learn to write לטק QP paradigm with no prefix or pronominal suffix.
• Learn to parse QP of any strong verb with no prefix or pronominal suffix.
• QP+prefix & QP+■ are taught in the next lesson.
• Understand the basic grammar and translation of the perfect.
20.2
What to Report When Parsing a Perfect VerbVerb characteristics• Root רמש ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q), etc.• Conjugation Perfect (P)
Finite verbs have PGN of the subject• Person 1st, 2nd, 3rd
• Gender Masculine, Feminine, Common• Number Singular, Plural
+Additions• +Prefixed words ש+ ,?+ ,ו+• +Pronominal suffix +1cs, +3mp, etc.
Discourse label qatal, weqatal
20.3 Know Both Names: Perfect & QatalPerfect conjugation• Traditional terminology used by lexicons and grammars• Misleading: It does not always have perfective aspect
Qatal לטק ) )• Discourse label used when discussing the sequence of verbs in a passage
• Name “Qatal” ( לטק ) comes from לטק לטק = QP3ms
• Called qatal even if not לטק רמש
• Called qatal even if not Qal רבד
• Called qatal even if not 3ms יתיוחתשה
20.4
ינתרמש = רמש QP2ms+1cs qatal
RootConjugation
GenderNumber
+Pronominal suffixPerson
Stem
Subject
Direct Object
Discourse Label
Example Perfect Verb Parsing 20.5
Subject Endings on Perfect Verbs
20.6
Finite Verb Subject Ending Indicates the PGN of the Subject
All finite verbs have a subject ending to indicate the subject’s PGN• 1cs = ‘I’ Hebrew never distinguishes 1fs from 1ms• 1cp = ‘we’ Hebrew never distinguishes 1fp from 1mp• 2fs, 2ms, 2fp, 2mp = ‘you’• 3ms = ‘he’ or ‘it’• 3fs = ‘she’ or ‘it’• 3fp, 3mp, 3cp = ‘they’
No need for a separate subject pronoun• E.g., ‘I wrote’ is usually יתבתכ . rather than ינא יתבתכ
20.7
◌◌◌ = R3R2R1PGN Subject Ending Comment1cs ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌
◌◌◌ = R3R2R1PGN Subject Ending Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ Common gender
2ms ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ Common gender
2mp םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ Common gender
◌◌◌ = R3R2R1PGN Subject Ending Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ Common gender
2ms ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ No ending
3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ Common gender
2mp םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ Common gender
◌◌◌ = R3R2R1PGN Subject Ending Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ Common gender
2ms ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ No ending
3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ Common gender
2mp םת◌◌◌ Ending is accented
2fp ןת◌◌◌ Ending is accented
3cp ו◌◌◌ Common gender
◌◌◌ = R3R2R1 Memorize these endings.PGN Subject Ending Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ Common gender
2ms ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ No ending
3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ Common gender
2mp םת◌◌◌ Ending is accented
2fp ןת◌◌◌ Ending is accented
3cp ו◌◌◌ Common gender
Perfect-Verb Subject Endings Indicate the Subject’s PGN 20.8
PGN Subject Ending ■ Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ י◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ◌.2fs ת◌◌◌ ◌/3ms ◌◌◌ varies
3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םכ◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןכ◌3cp ו◌◌◌ varies
PGN Subject Ending ■ Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ י◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ◌. ←ת כ2fs ת◌◌◌ ◌/ ←ת כ3ms ◌◌◌ varies
3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םכ◌ ←ת כ2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןכ◌ ←ת כ3cp ו◌◌◌ varies
PGN Subject Ending ■ Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ י◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ◌. ←ת כ2fs ת◌◌◌ ◌/ ←ת כ3ms ◌◌◌ varies
3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םכ◌ ←ת כ2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןכ◌ ←ת כ3cp ו◌◌◌ varies
PGN Subject Ending ■ Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ י◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ◌. ←ת כ2fs ת◌◌◌ ◌/ ←ת כ3ms ◌◌◌ varies
3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םכ◌ ←ת כ2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןכ◌ ←ת כ3cp ו◌◌◌ varies
PGN Subject Ending ■ Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ י◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ◌. ←ת כ2fs ת◌◌◌ ◌/ ←ת כ3ms ◌◌◌ varies
3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םכ◌ ←ת כ2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןכ◌ ←ת כ3cp ו◌◌◌ varies
PGN Subject Ending ■ Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ י◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ◌. ←ת כ2fs ת◌◌◌ ◌/ ←ת כ3ms ◌◌◌ varies
3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םכ◌ ←ת כ2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןכ◌ ←ת כ3cp ו◌◌◌ varies
PGN Subject Ending ■ Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ י◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ◌. ←ת כ2fs ת◌◌◌ ◌/ ←ת כ3ms ◌◌◌ varies
3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םכ◌ ←ת כ2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןכ◌ ←ת כ3cp ו◌◌◌ varies
PGN Subject Ending ■ Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ י◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ◌. ←ת כ2fs ת◌◌◌ ◌/ ←ת כ3ms ◌◌◌ varies
3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םכ◌ ←ת כ2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןכ◌ ←ת כ3cp ו◌◌◌ varies
Perfect-Verb Subject Endings Are Spelled Like Pronominal Suffixes 20.9
Spelling the Qal Perfect
20.10
What to Memorize for the QP Spelling
Memorize 3 new things for Qal Perfect (QP):1. Qal VS ◌P2. ◌◌◌ QP3. Perfect Verb Subject Endings
Remember the rules:• Shva before subject ending on a verb, unless it replaces V1, vowel letter, or ◌• Accent VS unless reduced vowel, accented ending, or pronominal suffix.• Qamats reduces if a full vowel separates it from the accent
or if it would be the penultimate vowel in the construct state.
20.11 Start with the Subject Ending 20.12
◌◌◌ = R3R2R1PGN Subject Ending1cs ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌
Add Shva Before the Subject Ending, As Usual 20.13
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ Vocalic ending, so shva is V2 not V31cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ Vocalic ending, so shva is V2 not V3
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ Vocalic ending, so shva is V2 not V31cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ Vocalic ending, so shva is V2 not V3
Add VS = ◌ (Unless Overwritten by the Shva) 20.14
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Add VS Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ VS is overwritten by shva on V21cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ VS is overwritten by shva on V2
Add V1 = ◌ 20.15
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Add VS Add V1 Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Add VS Add V1 Accent Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Add VS Add V1 Accent Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Add VS Add V1 Accent Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ VS is reduced
1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ VS is reduced
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Add VS Add V1 Accent Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ VS is reduced
1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ Accented ending
2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ Accented ending
3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ VS is reduced
PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Add VS Add V1 Accent Comment1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ VS is reduced
1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ Accented ending
2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ Accented ending
3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ VS is reduced
Add Accent (Accent VS Unless Reduced or Accented Ending or ■) 20.16
Reduce Qamats ◌ If a Full Vowel Separates it from the Accent 20.17
Accented ending in 2mp and 2fp causes V1 = ◌ to reduce.PGN Subject Ending Add Shva Add VS Add V1 Accent Reduce Qamats1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌
PGN QP Paradigm1cs ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌
PGN QP Paradigm QP Paradigm1cs ית◌◌◌ יתלטק2ms ת◌◌◌ תלטק2fs ת◌◌◌ תלטק3ms ◌◌◌ לטק3fs ה◌◌◌ הלטק1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונלטק2mp םת◌◌◌ םתלטק2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןתלטק3cp ו◌◌◌ ולטק
Be able to write it.• Exact spelling is needed,
including the accent
Do not memorize as 9 separate forms.
Memorize 3 things:• V1 = ◌• VS = ◌• Perfect-verb subject endings
The Paradigm Can Be Written with ◌◌◌ or לטק 20.18
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌Pt, וPp ) ← Stem Vowel
◌◌◌ Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ (Pp+◌)
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ (Pp+◌)
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■ → לטק
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ (Pp+◌)
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■ → לטק
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ (P+◌, Pp+◌)
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■ → לטק
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ (P+◌, Pp+◌) → לטק
Standard VS Rule: Qamats (& maybe tsere) reduce if a full vowel separates it from the accent.
Summary of the Qal Stem Thus Far. (Understand & Memorize This) 20.19 Bible Usually Adds Meaningless Dagesh ◌ת → ת◌• The dagesh is preceded by shva,
so it is meaningless.
• I recommend omitting the meaningless dagesh when writing the qal perfect paradigm because you need to recognize the endings when the meaningless dagesh is omitted.
20.20
PGN QP Paradigm Meaningless Dagesh1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌ ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌
Sometimes VS ◌→ ◌
We previously learned that sometimes ◌→ ◌ (Ch05 Adjectives)• E.g., יה is sometimes written יה
The same thing can happen with VS = ◌ in the QP• E.g., רמש QP1cs qatal• יתרמש in Psalm 119:168. VS = ◌, following the paradigm• יתרמש in Psalm 119:67. VS = ◌, because ◌→ ◌
• E.g., דמע QP3cp qatal• ודמע in Jeremiah 23:22. VS = ◌ was displaced by shva before ending.• ודמע in Jeremiah 46:21. VS = ◌ is not displaced by shva before ending.
20.21 Very Rarely, 2ms Subject Ending ת is Plene הת
The perfect 2ms subject ending is ת• Notice that this is defective (qamats ◌) instead of plene ( ה◌ ).
A word-final vowel is always a vowel letter,except that word-final qamats occurs in a few forms (e.g., 2ms■F).• FS nouns, adjectives, and participles are always plene ה◌ , never defective ◌• P2ms ת is one of the few forms that end in qamats instead of a vowel letter.
On rare occasions, the P2ms subject ending is written plene הת• E.g., The QP2ms of עדי is written תעדי 62 times and התעדי once.
20.22
Syntax & Translationof the Qatal (‘the Perfect’)
20.23 Typical Hebrew Word Order is VSO
The typical Hebrew word order is verb, subject, object.
• YHWH cut the covenant. תירבה־תאהוהי תרכ• If the direct object is definite, it is usually preceded by the DDO ־תא / תא
Sometimes the subject precedes the verb.
• Ahab served Baal. לעבה־תאדבע באחא
The subject of a finite verb is often omitted, since the verb indicates its PGN.• I took them. םתא יתחקל• (Notice: The direct object can be a pronominal suffix on the DDO.)
20.24
Default Translation for Qatal is English Past Tense
Qatal is usually translated as the English past tense.
• YHWH cut the covenant תירבה־תא הוהיתרכ
If the current effect of a prior event is in view, maybe use the English past perfect.
• They had fallen by the sword. ׃ברחב ולפנ
If ongoing relevance is in focus, the English present perfect is often better.
• I have taken them (m). םתא יתחקל
In future lessons we will discuss other translation options.
20.25
1. בתכ
2. בותכ
3. בMתכ
4. בתכ
5. תבתכ
6. יתבתכ
7. ובתכ
8. םתעמש
בתכ QPtMS writing, one who is writing
בתכ QPpMS(absolute) written, thing that is written
בתכ Q∞ to write, writing
בתכ QP3ms qatal he wrote
בתכ QP2ms qatal you wrote
בתכ QP1cs qatal I wrote
בתכ QP3cp qatal they wrote
עמש QP2mp qatal you heard
Examples of Qal Perfect, Participle, Passive Participle, & Infinitive 20.26
Next TasksUnderstand & Memorize:• Grammar: Anki → RBH_Grammar→ 20• The 3 additions to Qal summary table.• Perfect-verb Subject Endings.
Practice:• Writing the Qal Perfect paradigm: RBH_paradigms.pdf, RBH_Worksheets.pdf• Writing QP forms in random order: Anki → RBH_Workbook→ 20inflect• Parsing QP of vocabulary words: Anki → RBH_Workbook→ 20parse• Translating QP in context: Anki → RBH_Workbook→ 20translate• Translating new vocab in context: Anki → RBH_Workbook→ 20vocabContext
20.27
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌Pt, וPp )◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌ ∞ (P+◌, Pp+◌)
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 21:Qal Perfect with a Prefix &/or Suffix
Qatal & Weqatal
2021.11.06
Goal: Parse & Translate Qal Perfect Stong Verbs with a Prefix or Suffix
Grammar of verbs: Finite vs. Non-Finite Verbs
Prefixes on a perfect verb• Interrogative• Relative ש◌• Conjunction vav
Pronominal suffixes on a perfect verb
A Finite Verb is Always the Predicate of Its Clause
An infinitive (verbal noun) is never the predicate of its clause.
A participle (verbal adjective) might or might not be the predicate of its clause.
• Attributive use: The participle functions as an attributive adjective.• Substantive use: The participle functions as a noun.• Predicate use: The participle is the predicate of its clause.
A finite verb is always the predicate of its clause.
• A perfect verb is always the predicate of its clause.• If a set of words has a perfect verb, translate it as a clause.
21.3 What to Report When Parsing a Perfect VerbVerb characteristics (All Verbs)• Root רבד ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q), etc.• Conjugation Perfect (P)
Information about the subject• Person 1st, 2nd, 3rd
• Gender Masculine, Feminine, Common• Number Singular, Plural
Additions• +Prefixed words ש+ ,?+ ,ו+• +Pronominal suffix +1cs, +3mp, etc.
Discourse label qatal, weqatal
21.4
Qal Perfectwith a Prefix
21.5
Perfect verbs have 3 possible prefixes:
• Conjunction ו 6458x (31%) ו ו יו ו ו ו ו• Interrogative ה 56x (<1%) ה ה ה• Relative ש 44x (<1%) ◌ש ש ◌ש
Finite verbs never have the article or a prefixed preposition
Never multiple prefixes on a finite verb
Indicate in parsing with a ‘+’• E.g., לטק QP3ms+ו רמש QP1cp+ש בתכ QP2mp+?
Three Possible Prefixes on a Perfect Verb 21.6
Qatal לטק ) ) Perfect
Weqatal לטקו ) ) Perfect+Vav
• Discourse label used when discussing the sequence of verbs in a passage
• ‘Weqatal’ ( לטקו ) comes from לטק QP3ms+ו
‘Perfect waw consecutive’ is another name for weqatal.
• Traditional terminology used by some grammars
• Not used in this course
Discourse LabelDiscourse Label Weqatal Indicates Perfect+ו 21.7 Default Translation and Meaning for the Weqatal
Weqatal (= Perfect+ו)• Usually continues time, aspect, and mood of preceding verb• The preceding verb is usually either a command or a description of the future.
• E.g., Hear (command), O Israel! … and you shall love (weqatal)
Default translation for weqatal is ‘and <future>’• The English future is ambiguous like a weqatal: future or a command.• E.g., ‘and you will love’ can be either a prediction of the future or a command.
In some contexts, different meanings and translations apply.• This is a topic for second-year Hebrew.
21.8
Weqatal May Accent the Ending instead of VS
Verb Accent Rule: Accent VS unless: יתלטק תלטק ,• VS is reduced, ולטק• or there is an accented subject ending, הלוטק• or there is a pronominal suffix. וילוטק
BUT P1cs+ו and P2ms+ו often accent the ending, not VS
• יתלטק → יתלטקו תלטק → תלטקו• Surprisingly, qamats in V1 does not reduce in these forms!
• No need to memorize this. I will not ask you to write weqatal verbs.
21.9
1. יתרכזו
2. ורמשו
3. עמשה
4. ןתנש
רכז QP1cs+ו weqatal And I will remember.
רמש QP3cp+ו weqatal And they will keep.
עמש QP3ms+? qatal Did he hear?
ןתנ QP3ms+ש qatal which he gave
Examples of Qal Perfect with a Prefix 21.10
Qal Perfectwith a Pronominal Suffix
21.11 Pronominal Suffix on a Perfect Verb Indicates the PGN of the Direct Object
Direct object pronoun• +1cs = ‘me’ not ‘I’ or ‘my’• +1cp = ‘us’ not ‘we’ or ‘our’• +2fs,+2ms, +2fp, +2mp = ‘you’ no ‘your’• +3ms = ‘him’ or ‘it’ not ‘he’ or ‘his’• +3fs = ‘her’ or ‘it’ not ‘she’• +3fp, +3mp = ‘them’ not ‘they’ or ‘their’
Direct object pronoun can be a pronominal suffix on the verb or on DDO תא• ונרכז רכז = QP3ms+1cp qatal ‘He remembered us’• םכתא חלש חלש = QP3ms qatal; and DDO+2mp ‘He sent you’
21.12
Pronominal Suffix ParadigmPerfect Verbs Do NOT Use the ‘Not on Finite Verbs’ Pronominal SuffixesNumber Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
P+■Moves Accent Down, so V1 Reduces
Verbs accent VS יתלטק
Except:
• Never accent reduced vowels הלטק• Some subject endings are accented (participle, P2mp, P2fp) םתלטק• Pronominal suffixes move the accent toward the end of the verb Hיתלטק
Rule: Qamats reduces (◌→◌) if a full vowel separates it from the accent
• This affects V1 of the QP2mp and QP2fp ןתלטק םתלטק ,• This affects V1 of QP+■ Hיתלטק
21.14
Qal Perfect VS is patah ◌
VSà ◌ qamats in 3rd person QP+pronominal suffix ■
• → Hלטק• No shva before ending if ◌• No shva before ending if ◌
Rule: Shva before the subject ending on a verb
unless the shva would replace V1, a vowel letter, or qamats
Qal Perfect VS is patah ◌
VSà ◌ qamats in 3rd person QP+pronominal suffix ■
• E.g., QP3ms+2ms → Hלטק• E.g., QP3fs+2ms → Hתלטק• E.g., QP3cp+2ms → Hולטק
Rule: Shva before the subject ending on a verb
unless the shva would replace V1, a vowel letter, or qamats
Qal Perfect VS is patah ◌
VS→ ◌ qamats in 3rd person QP+pronominal suffix ■
• E.g., QP3ms לטק• E.g., QP3fs הלטק• E.g., QP3cp ולטק
Rule: Shva before the subject ending on a verb
unless the shva would replace V1, a vowel letter, or qamats
QP3+■ Stem VowelQP3+■ has VS = ◌ Qamats 21.15
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ ) →■ לטק , ■ יתלטק
VS for specific conjugationsStandard VS
Summary of the Qal Stem Thus Far 21.16
P2ms Subject Ending
P2ms subject ending is ת תלטק
P2ms+■ subject ending is ת or ת or ת ינתלטק ,ינתלטק ,Jתלטק
Since the vowel varies, consider the P2ms+■ subject ending to be ת
P2ms Subject Ending ת→ ■ת 21.17 P3fs Subject Ending
P3fs subject ending is ◌ה הלטק• ה vowel letters can only occur on the end of a word
• So P3fs subject ending cannot be ◌ה before a pronominal suffix
P3fs subject ending ◌ה changes to ◌ת before a pronominal suffix ■תלטק• As usual, maybe ◌→ ◌ ■תלטק
P3fs Subject Ending ◌ה becomes ■ ת◌ before ■ 21.18
PGN QP1cs ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌
PGN QP QP+■ Comments on QP+■1cs ית◌◌◌ ■ית◌◌◌ In all PGN, ■moves accent down, so V1 ◌→ ◌2ms ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ■ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌
PGN QP QP+■ Comments on QP+■1cs ית◌◌◌ ■ית◌◌◌ In all PGN, ■moves accent down, so V1 ◌→ ◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ■ת◌◌◌ Ending can be ■ת■ ,ת, or ת/ (+3ms)
2fs ת◌◌◌3ms ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ■ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌2fp ןת◌◌◌3cp ו◌◌◌
PGN QP QP+■ Comments on QP+■1cs ית◌◌◌ ■ית◌◌◌ In all PGN, ■moves accent down, so V1 ◌→ ◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ■ת◌◌◌ Ending can be ■ת■ ,ת, or ת/ (+3ms)
2fs ת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת or ית ) is too rare to be worth memorizing
3ms ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ■ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת) is too rare to be worth memorizing
2fp ןת◌◌◌ omit Never occurs in the Bible
3cp ו◌◌◌
PGN QP QP+■ Comments on QP+■1cs ית◌◌◌ ■ית◌◌◌ In all PGN, ■moves accent down, so V1 ◌→ ◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ■ת◌◌◌ Ending can be ■ת■ ,ת, or ת/ (+3ms)
2fs ת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת or ית ) is too rare to be worth memorizing
3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌■ VS = ◌ in QP3+■3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ■ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת) is too rare to be worth memorizing
2fp ןת◌◌◌ omit Never occurs in the Bible
3cp ו◌◌◌
PGN QP QP+■ Comments on QP+■1cs ית◌◌◌ ■ית◌◌◌ In all PGN, ■moves accent down, so V1 ◌→ ◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ■ת◌◌◌ Ending can be ■ת■ ,ת, or ת/ (+3ms)
2fs ת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת or ית ) is too rare to be worth memorizing
3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌■ VS = ◌ in QP3+■3fs ה◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ■ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת) is too rare to be worth memorizing
2fp ןת◌◌◌ omit Never occurs in the Bible
3cp ו◌◌◌ ■ו◌◌◌ VS = ◌ in QP3+■. No shva before ending if ◌
PGN QP QP+■ Comments on QP+■1cs ית◌◌◌ ■ית◌◌◌ In all PGN, ■moves accent down, so V1 ◌→ ◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ■ת◌◌◌ Ending can be ■ת■ ,ת, or ת/ (+3ms)
2fs ת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת or ית ) is too rare to be worth memorizing
3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌■ VS = ◌ in QP3+■3fs ה◌◌◌ ■ת◌◌◌ VS = ◌ in QP3+■. No shva. Ending can also be ◌ת■1cp ונ◌◌◌ ■ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת) is too rare to be worth memorizing
2fp ןת◌◌◌ omit Never occurs in the Bible
3cp ו◌◌◌ ■ו◌◌◌ VS = ◌ in QP3+■. No shva before ending if ◌
PGN QP QP+■ Comments on QP+■1cs ית◌◌◌ ■ית◌◌◌ In all PGN, ■moves accent down, so V1 ◌→ ◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ■ת◌◌◌ Ending can be ■ת■ ,ת, or ת/ (+3ms)
2fs ת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת or ית ) is too rare to be worth memorizing
3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌■ VS = ◌ in QP3+■3fs ה◌◌◌ ■ת◌◌◌ VS = ◌ in QP3+■. No shva. Ending can also be ◌ת■1cp ונ◌◌◌ ■ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ omit Ending (ת) is too rare to be worth memorizing
2fp ןת◌◌◌ omit Never occurs in the Bible
3cp ו◌◌◌ ■ו◌◌◌ VS = ◌ in QP3+■. No shva before ending if ◌
QP and QP+■ Be Able to Write Both Paradigms 21.19
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
PGN P P+■1cs ית◌◌◌ ית◌◌◌2ms ת◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌2fs ת◌◌◌ omit
3ms ◌◌◌ ◌◌◌3fs ה◌◌◌ ת◌◌◌1cp ונ◌◌◌ ונ◌◌◌2mp םת◌◌◌ omit
2fp ןת◌◌◌ omit
3cp ו◌◌◌ ו◌◌◌
4 Spelling Differences Between the QP and QP+■ 21.20
Final Vowel of Subject Ending May be Written Defectively Before ■
→ Hתלטק
→ והנלטק
→ ינלטק
Subject ending is often written defectively before a pronominal suffix
• 1cs יתלטק
• 1cp ונלטק
• 3cp ולטק
21.21 Tip: Is ונ the 1cp Subject Ending or the +1cp Pronominal Suffix?
The P1cp subject ending and +1cp pronominal suffix are both ונ• How do we distinguish them? Use the rules!
ונ is the pronominal suffix if there is already a subject ending ונתלטק
What if ונ is the only ending? P1cp vs. P3ms+1cp
• P1cp has shva before the subject ending, and accents VS ונלטק• P3ms+1cp accents V3 , reduces V1, and has VS ◌ ונלטק
21.22
1. Hיתשרד
2. םועדי
3. ׃והשרד
4. ינתרכזו
5. והתלכא
6. ונרכז
7. ונרכז
שרד QP1cs+2ms qatal I sought you
עדי QP3cp+3mp qatal They knew them
שרד QP3cp+3ms qatal They sought him
רכז QP2ms+1cs+ו weqatal And you will remember me
לכא QP3fs+3ms qatal She ate it
רכז QP3ms+1cp qatal He remembered us
רכז QP1cp qatal We remembered
Examples of Qal Perfect with a Pronominal Suffix 21.23 Summary & Expectations
1. Learn to parse and translate QP+ש/?/ו• Qatal = Perfect without prefixed vav (past time)• Weqatal = Perfect+ו (future or command)
2. Learn to write the QP+■ Paradigm like this →• VS ◌QP3+■• Subject endings: 2ms3 ,ת→תfs ה◌ → ת◌
3. Learn to parse and translate QP+■• ■ on a perfect verb is always the direct object.
PGN QP+■1cs ■ית◌◌◌2ms ■ת◌◌◌2fs omit
3ms ◌◌◌■3fs ■ת◌◌◌1cp ■ונ◌◌◌2mp omit
2fp omit
3cp ■ו◌◌◌
21.24
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 22:Qal Imperfect (Yiqtol)
2021.11.10
Goal: Learn to Write, Parse, and Translate the Qal Imperfect (QI)
• QI = Qal Imperfect
• Learn to write לטק QI paradigm with no added prefix or suffix.
• Learn to parse QI of any strong verb with no added prefix or suffix.
• QI+prefix & QI+■ are taught in the next lesson.
• Understand the basic grammar and translation of the Imperfect.
22.2
Verb characteristics• Root רבד ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q), etc.• Conjugation Imperfect ( I )
Information about the subject• Person 1st, 2nd, 3rd
• Gender Masculine, Feminine, Common• Number Singular, Plural
Additions if present• +Prefixed words ש+ ,ה?+ ,ו+• +Suffixes +1cs, +Parנ, +Parה, + אנ
Discourse label yiqtol, weyiqtol, wayyiqtol
Verb characteristics• Root רבד ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q), etc.• Conjugation Imperfect ( I )
Information about the subject• Person 1st, 2nd, 3rd
• Gender Masculine, Feminine, Common• Number Singular, Plural
Additions if present• +Prefixed words ש+ ,ה?+ ,ו+• +Suffixes +1cs, +Parנ, +Parה, + אנ
Discourse label yiqtol, weyiqtol, wayyiqtol
Verb characteristics• Root רבד ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q), etc.• Conjugation Imperfect ( I )
Information about the subject• Person 1st, 2nd, 3rd
• Gender Masculine, Feminine, Common• Number Singular, Plural
Additions if present• +Prefixed words ש+ ,ה?+ ,ו+• +Suffixes +1cs, +Parנ, +Parה, + אנ
Discourse label yiqtol, weyiqtol, wayyiqtol
Verb characteristics• Root רבד ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q), etc.• Conjugation Imperfect ( I )
Information about the subject• Person 1st, 2nd, 3rd
• Gender Masculine, Feminine, Common• Number Singular, Plural
Additions if present – NEXT CHAPTER –• +Prefixed words ש+ ,ה?+ ,ו+• +Suffixes +1cs, +Parנ, +Parה, + אנ
Discourse label yiqtol, weyiqtol, wayyiqtol
Verb characteristics• Root רבד ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q), etc.• Conjugation Imperfect ( I )
Information about the subject• Person 1st, 2nd, 3rd
• Gender Masculine, Feminine, Common• Number Singular, Plural
Additions if present – NEXT CHAPTER –• +Prefixed words ש+ ,ה?+ ,ו+• +Suffixes +1cs, +Parנ, +Parה, + אנ
Discourse label yiqtol, weyiqtol, wayyiqtol
What to Report When Parsing an Imperfect Verb 22.3 Know Both Names: Imperfect and YiqtolImperfect• Traditional terminology used by lexicons and grammars• Misleading: It does not always have imperfective aspect
Yiqtol ( לטקי ) – any imperfect verb without prefixed vav.• Discourse label used when discussing the sequence of verbs in a passage
• Name ‘yiqtol’ לטקי comes from לטק QI3ms
• Called yiqtol even if not לטק רמשי• Called yiqtol even if not 3ms ורמשת• Called yiqtol even if not Qal הוחתשת
22.4
Subject Prefixes and Endingson Imperfect Verbs (in Any Stem)
22.5 Imperfect Prefix and Subject Ending Indicate the PGN of the Subject
All finite verbs have a subject ending &/or prefix to indicate the subject’s PGN.• 1cs = ‘I’ Hebrew never distinguishes 1fs from 1ms• 1cp = ‘we’ Hebrew never distinguishes 1fp from 1mp• 2fs, 2ms, 2fp, 2mp = ‘you’• 3fs = ‘she’ or ‘it’• 3ms = ‘he’ or ‘it’• 3fp, 3mp, 3cp = ‘they’ Imperfect distinguishes 3fp from 3mp
All imperfect verbs have an imperfect prefix to indicate PGN. לטקי לטקת ,Some imperfect PGN also have a subject ending. הנלטקת
22.6
1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
1cs ◌◌◌א Common gender = no distinction between M & F2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ Common gender = no distinction between M & F2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
1cs ◌◌◌א Common gender2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ Common gender2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י
3mp and 3fp differ, unlike Perfect 3cp3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
1cs ◌◌◌א Common gender2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ Common gender2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י
3mp and 3fp differ, unlike Perfect 3cp3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
All Imperfect Verbs Have an Imperfect Prefix. Some Have a Subject Ending. 22.7
1cs ◌◌◌א א→ 1 נ ,2ms2fs3ms3fs1cp ◌◌◌נ א→ 1 נ ,2mp2fp3mp3fp
1cs ◌◌◌א א→ 1 נ ,2ms ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת2fs י◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת3ms3fs ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת1cp ◌◌◌נ א→ 1 נ ,2mp ו◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת3mp3fp הנ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת
1cs ◌◌◌א א→ 1 נ ,2ms ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת2fs י◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת3ms ◌◌◌י 3m → Yud3fs ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת1cp ◌◌◌נ א→ 1 נ ,2mp ו◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת3mp ו◌◌◌י 3m → Yud3fp הנ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת
1cs ◌◌◌א א→ 1 נ ,2ms ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת2fs י◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת3ms ◌◌◌י 3m → Yud3fs ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת1cp ◌◌◌נ א→ 1 נ ,2mp ו◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת3mp ו◌◌◌י 3m → Yud3fp הנ◌◌◌ת 2 or F →ת
Patterns to the Imperfect Prefixes 22.8
1cs ◌◌◌א First Person has no subject ending2ms2fs3ms3fs1cp ◌◌◌נ First Person has no subject ending2mp2fp3mp3fp
1cs ◌◌◌א First Person has no subject ending2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת 2fs is the only singular with a subject ending3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ First Person has no subject ending2mp2fp3mp3fp
1cs ◌◌◌א First Person has no subject ending2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת 2fs is the only singular with a subject ending3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ 1cp is the only plural without a subject ending2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
1cs ◌◌◌א First Person has no subject ending2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת 2fs is the only singular with a subject ending3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ 1cp is the only plural without a subject ending2mp ו◌◌◌ת mp has subject ending ו2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י mp has subject ending ו3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
1cs ◌◌◌א First Person has no subject ending2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת 2fs is the only singular with a subject ending3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ 1cp is the only plural without a subject ending2mp ו◌◌◌ת mp has subject ending ו2fp הנ◌◌◌ת fp has subject ending הנ3mp ו◌◌◌י mp has subject ending ו3fp הנ◌◌◌ת fp has subject ending הנ
1cs ◌◌◌א First Person has no subject ending2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת 2fs is the only singular with a subject ending3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ 1cp is the only plural without a subject ending2mp ו◌◌◌ת mp has subject ending ו2fp הנ◌◌◌ת fp has subject ending הנ3mp ו◌◌◌י mp has subject ending ו3fp הנ◌◌◌ת fp has subject ending הנ
Patterns to the Imperfect Subject Endings 22.9
1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת 2ms = 3fs2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת 2ms = 3fs1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת 2ms = 3fs2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת 2ms = 3fs1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת 2fp = 3fp3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת 2fp = 3fp
There Are 2 Ambiguous Forms in the Imperfect 22.10
1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת ן◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת ן◌◌◌ת
The Imperfect (2/3)fp Subject Ending הנThe Imperfect (2/3)fp Subject Ending הנ May Be Written Defectively 22.11
1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
Memorize the Imperfect Prefix and Subject Ending Paradigm 22.12
Spelling the Qal Imperfect
22.13 Memorize & Understand the Name Yiqtol לטקיYiqtol means ‘Imperfect verb without a prefixed vav.’• Any root, any stem, any subject
Yiqtol = לטקי לטק = QI3ms
• The name yiqtol לטקי tells us the spelling of the Qal Imperfect (QI)• QI verbs begin ◌◌◌י ( YIQtol לטקי = ◌◌◌י = )
• The י represents all the imperfect prefixes: נא ת י• VP = ◌• V1 = ◌
• QI VS = ◌ (yiqTOL לטקי = ◌◌◌י = )
22.14
PGN Imperfect1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
Start with the Imperfect Prefixes and Subject Endings 22.15
PGN Imperfect Add QI Vowels1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י yiqtol = לטקי3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת
PGN Imperfect Add QI Vowels1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י yiqtol = לטקי3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת
Add the VP , V1 , and VS of the Qal Imperfect: לטקי 22.16
PGN Imperfect Add QI Vowels Fix QI1cs VP1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת
QI1cs Begins א◌ (not א◌ ) 22.17
PGN Imperfect Add QI Vowels Fix QI1cs VP Add ◌1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת
PGN Imperfect Add QI Vowels Fix QI1cs VP Add ◌1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת
PGN Imperfect Add QI Vowels Fix QI1cs VP Add ◌1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת
Add Shva Before the Subject Ending 22.18
PGN Imperfect Add QI Vowels Fix QI1cs VP Add ◌ Add Accent1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת
PGN Imperfect Add QI Vowels Fix QI1cs VP Add ◌ Add Accent1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌ת
Accent VS Unless it is Reduced 22.19
PGN QI1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
PGN QI QI1cs ◌◌◌א לטקא2ms ◌◌◌ת לטקת2fs י◌◌◌ת ילטקת3ms ◌◌◌י לטקי3fs ◌◌◌ת לטקת1cp ◌◌◌נ לטקנ2mp ו◌◌◌ת ולטקת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנלטקת3mp ו◌◌◌י ולטקי3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנלטקת
Memorize these to generate the paradigm:• Imperfect prefixes and suffixes for PGN• Yiqtol →QI begins י◌◌◌ , VS = ◌• QI1cs Prefix is א (not א)• Rule: Shva before subject ending unless
it would replace V1, vowel letter, or qamats.• Rule: Accent VS unless:• VS is reduced, OR• Accented subject ending, OR• Pronominal suffix
The Paradigm Can Be Written with ◌◌◌ or לטק 22.20
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
( ◌י ◌ת , ◌נ , ◌א , ) → ◌◌◌י I
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
( ◌י ◌ת , ◌נ , ◌א , ) → ◌◌◌י I → לטקנ לטקי ,
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
VS for specific conjugationsStandard VS
Summary of the Qal Stem Thus Far 22.21
Parsing the QI
22.22
Rule: Dagesh doubles if it is preceded by a vowel (not shva).• Word-initial dagesh is
not preceded by a vowel,so it is meaningless.
I recommend omitting the meaningless dageshwhen writing the imperfect paradigm.
PGN No Dagesh Meaningless Dagesh1cs לטקא לטקא2ms לטקת לטקת2fs ילטקת ילטקת3ms לטקי לטקי3fs לטקת לטקת1cp לטקנ לטקנ2mp ולטקת ולטקת2fp הנלטקת הנלטקת3mp ולטקי ולטקי3fp הנלטקת הנלטקת
Ignore Meaningless Dash in Word-Initial Imperfect Prefix ת 22.23 As Usual, ◌◌־ is (QQ) and was ◌◌
We’ve used this rule before:• ־לכ → לכ• ־לטק → לטק
The same rule affects the QI:• ־לטקי → לטקי
Be able to recognize QI with maqqaf ־Remember the rule:
־◌◌ is (QQ) and Was ◌◌
PGN QI QI1cs לטקא (QQ)־לטקא
2ms לטקת (QQ)־לטקת
2fs ילטקת3ms לטקי (QQ)־לטקי
3fs לטקת (QQ)־לטקת
1cp לטקנ (QQ)־לטקנ
2mp ולטקת2fp הנלטקת3mp ולטקי3fp הנלטקת
22.24
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
לטקא ◌◌◌י I
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
לטקא → * לטקא ◌◌◌י I
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Rule: If VP = ◌ , the Verb Summary Begins ◌◌ (V1=◌, VP=◌) 22.25
Translatingthe Yiqtol
22.26
Default Translation for Yiqtol is English Future
Default translation for the yiqtol is the English future tense
• םלעל DEמי ׀הוהי YHWH will reign forever
Sometimes ‘can’ or ‘should’ is appropriate, particularly in questions
• ׃Mשדק רהבןכשי־ימ Who can dwell in your holy mountain?
22.27 Negated Yiqtol May be a Prohibition
Yiqtol is negated by אל . or לא• The אל . or לא always precedes the verb
Yiqtol negated by אל . can be either a negated future or a prohibition
• לשמי־אל He will not rule OR He shall not rule!
• ל רמשת א (You/She) will not keep OR (Do not keep! / She shall not keep!)
Yiqtol negated by לא is a prohibition
• רכזת־לא Do not remember! / She shall not remember!
22.28
Clause-Initial Yiqtol is Usually Volitional Mood
Volitional mood
• Expresses someone’s volition (i.e., their will)
• Wish, command, request, etc.
Clause-initial yiqtol is usually volitional mood
• ׃Mיניבו יניב הוהיטפשי May YHWH judge between me and you!
(probably not ‘YHWH will judge …’)
22.29
1. לשמי
2. ־לשמי
3. שרדא
4. ףדרת
5. וטפשי
6. הנחלשת
7. ןשבלת
לשמ QI3ms yiqtol He will rule.
לשמ QI3ms yiqtol He will rule.
שרד QI1cs yiqtol I will seek.
ףדר QI(2m/3f)s yiqtol (You/She) will pursue.
טפש QI3mp yiqtol They will judge.
חלש QI(2/3)fp yiqtol (You/They) will send.
שבל QI(2/3)fp yiqtol (You/They) will wear.
Examples of Qal Imperfect 22.30
Next Tasks
Learn the grammar Anki: RBH_Grammar→ Tag 22
Learn to write the QI paradigm• Memorize the addition to the Qal Summary Table: ◌◌◌י I• Practice writing the paradigm. RBH_paradigms.pdf, RBH_worksheets.pdf• Practice writing random QI forms. Anki: RBH_Workbook→ Tag 22inflect
Practice reading the QI. Anki: RBH_Workbook→ Tag 22parse, 22translate
Practice the new vocabulary. Anki: RBH_Workbook→ Tag 22vocabContext
22.31
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 23:Qal Imperfect with a Prefix &/or Suffix
(Yiqtol, Weyiqtol, & Wayyiqtol)
2021.11.13
Goal: Parse & Translate Qal Imperfect Stong Verbs with a Prefix or Suffix
Prefixes• Interrogative• Relative ש◌• Conjunction vav: weyiqtol & wayyiqtol
Suffixes
• Paragogic He• Paragogic Nun• Pronominal suffix
Volitional marker אנ
What to Report When Parsing an Imperfect VerbVerb characteristics• Root רבד ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q), etc.• Conjugation Imperfect ( I )
Information about the subject• Person 1st, 2nd, 3rd
• Gender Masculine, Feminine, Common• Number Singular, Plural
+Additions if present• +Prefixed words ש+ ,?+ ,ו+• +Suffixes +1cs, +ParNun, +ParHe, + אנ
Discourse label yiqtol, weyiqtol, wayyiqtol
23.3
Prefixes on Imperfect Verbs
23.4
Three Possible Prefixes on an Imperfect Verb
Imperfect verbs have the same 3 possible prefixes as perfect verbs:
• Conjunction ו 16,452x (53%) ו ו יו ו ו ו ו ◌ו• Interrogative ה 127x (<1%) ה ה• Relative ש 35x (<1%) ◌ש ש ש
Finite verbs never have the article or a prefixed preposition
Never multiple prefixes on a finite verb
Indicate in parsing with a ‘+’• E.g., לטק QI3ms+ו רמש QI1cp+ש בתכ QPImp+?
23.5 The Conjunction Vav Comes in Two Spellings on an Imperfect
1) Vav with a normal spelling (1,421x = 5%)
• ו
2) Vav with patah and doubling dagesh (15,031x = 48%)
• ◌ו לטקנולטקתולטקיו
• ו in the 1cs because guttural rejects dagesh לטקאו
These indicate different translations and different functions
• So our parsing uses different discourse labels to indicate which it is …
23.6
3 Options for the Imperfect Discourse Label
yiqtol לטקי (14,548x = 47%)• Imperfect without a vav
weyiqtol לטקיו (1,421x = 5%)• Imperfect with a regular vav ו
• Vav shva →weyiqtol לטקיו
wayyiqtol לטקיו (15,031x = 48%)• Imperfect with vav that has patah and then doubling dagesh
• Doubling dagesh → Yud is doubled →wayyiqtol לטקיו• ◌ו normally. Becomes ו in the 1cs (א. rejects dagesh)
23.7
1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌או2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌תו3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌יו3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נו2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌תו2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌יו3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו
1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌או2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו ◌◌◌תו2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌תו י◌◌◌תו3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌יו3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו ◌◌◌תו1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נו2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌תו ו◌◌◌תו2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו הנ◌◌◌תו3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌יו3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו הנ◌◌◌תו
Yiqtol Often has Meaningless Dagesh in Imperfect Prefix תYiqtol Often has Meaningless Dagesh in Imperfect Prefix ת. Weyiqtol NEVER Does
Default Translation and Meaning for Weyiqtol לטקיו
Default translation for weyiqtol is ‘and <future>’ (ו = ‘and’ + לטקי = future)
• Finite verb with vav, so its meaning is controlled by the preceding clause.• Usually continues the time, aspect, and mood of preceding verb
• E.g., Now he will remember their iniquityand he will punish <weyiqtol> their sins• E.g., Blessed be my rock,
and may the God of my salvation be exalted<weyiqtol>• After a command or request, weyiqtol usually expresses purpose
• E.g., Let my son go so that he may serve me<weyiqtol>
23.9
1cs ◌◌◌א2ms ◌◌◌ת2fs י◌◌◌ת3ms ◌◌◌י3fs ◌◌◌ת1cp ◌◌◌נ2mp ו◌◌◌ת2fp הנ◌◌◌ת3mp ו◌◌◌י3fp הנ◌◌◌ת
1cs ◌◌◌א *◌◌◌או
2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌תו3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌יו3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נו2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌תו2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌יו3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו
1cs ◌◌◌א *◌◌◌או Problem: Alef א is a guttural!
2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌תו3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌יו3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נו2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌תו2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌יו3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו
1cs ◌◌◌א ◌◌◌או * או → או2ms ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו2fs י◌◌◌ת י◌◌◌תו3ms ◌◌◌י ◌◌◌יו3fs ◌◌◌ת ◌◌◌תו1cp ◌◌◌נ ◌◌◌נו2mp ו◌◌◌ת ו◌◌◌תו2fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו3mp ו◌◌◌י ו◌◌◌יו3fp הנ◌◌◌ת הנ◌◌◌תו
Wayyiqtol Begins ו◌ , with a Doubling Dagesh in the Imperfect Prefix 23.10
Default Translation and Meaning for Wayyiqtol לטקיו
Default translation for wayyiqtol לטקיו is ‘and <past>’
• Finite verb with vav, so its meaning is controlled by the preceding clause.• Usually continues the time, aspect, and mood of preceding verb.
• Usually used in a past-time context.
• E.g., He went into Assyria and built Nineveh<wayyiqtol>
• The wayyiqtol is the main verb used in past-tense narrative.
• We will nuance the meaning and translation later when we read full texts.
23.11 Default Translations
yiqtol לטקי (14,548x = 47%)• Future ‘he will kill’
weyiqtol לטקיו (1,421x = 5%)• Future ‘and he will kill’
wayyiqtol לטקיו (15,031x = 48%)• Past ‘and he killed’
These default translations are often wrong and gloss over the real meaning.• We will refine our understanding later, when we read entire passages.
23.12
1. ורמשי
2. ורמשיו
3. ורמשי ו
4. רמשאו
5. רמשאו
6. רמשתה
רמש QI3mp yiqtol They will keep.
רמש QI3mp+ו weyiqtol And they will keep.
רמש QI3mp+ו wayyiqtol And they kept.
רמש QI1cs+ו weyiqtol And I will keep.
רמש QI1cs+ו wayyiqtol And I kept.
רמש QI(2m/3f)s+? yiqtol Will (you/she) keep?
Practice Parsing and Translating the QI with a Prefix 23.13
Suffixes on Imperfect Verbs
23.14
Three Possible Suffixes on an Imperfect VerbImperfect verbs have 3 possible suffixes:
• Pronominal suffix ■ 2676x (9%) Direct object
• Paragogic He 633x (2%) More likely to be volitional
• Paragogic Nun 322x (1%) No consensus on meaning
Only one suffix on a verb (13 exceptions in the Bible: ■+ParNun)
Indicate in parsing with a ‘+’• E.g., לטק QI3ms+1cp• E.g., רמש QI1cp+parHe• E.g., בתכ QI2mp+parNun
23.15
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Imperfect Verbs Do NOT Use the ‘Not on Finite Verbs’ Pronominal Suffixes
PGN QI
1cs לטקא2ms לטקת2fs ילטקת3ms לטקי3fs לטקת
1cp לטקנ2mp ולטקת2fp הנלטקת
3mp ולטקי3fp הנלטקת
הלטקא
הלטקנ
PGN QI QI+Paragogic
1cs לטקא לטקא2ms לטקת2fs ילטקת3ms לטקי3fs לטקת
1cp לטקנ לטקנ2mp ולטקת2fp הנלטקת
3mp ולטקי3fp הנלטקת
Paragogic He• ה◌ vowel letter at the end of a verb• Preceded by shva, like a subject ending• Occurs on I1cs, I1cp, Imperative 2ms
Paragogic Nun• .ן suffix on a verb• Looks like +3fp pronominal suffix,
but 322 parNun vs. 3x pron suffix 3fp• Occurs on I2mp and I3mp
PGN QI QI+Paragogic
1cs לטקא לטקא2ms לטקת2fs ילטקת3ms לטקי3fs לטקת
1cp לטקנ לטקנ2mp ולטקת ןולטקת2fp הנלטקת
3mp ולטקי ןולטקי3fp הנלטקת
Paragogic He on Imperfect 1c(s,p)Paragogic He on Imperfect 1c(s,p). Paragogic Nun on Imperfect (2,3)mp
1. השרדנו
2. הרכזא
3. ןורמשת
4. ינרבקת
5. ונכפשת
6. ינשרדת
שרד QI1cp+parHe+ו weyiqtol And we will seek.
רכז QI1cs+parHe yiqtol I will remember.
רמש QI2mp+parNun yiqtol You will keep.
רבק QI(2m/3f)s+1cs yiqtol (You/She) will bury me.
ךפש QI(2m/3f)s+(3ms/1cp) yiqtol (You/She) will pour (him/it/us).
שרד QI2mp+1cs yiqtol You will seek me.
Practice Parsing and Translating the QI with a Suffix 23.18
Alternate Terminology Found in Some Grammars
Cohortative• 1st person yiqtol with paragogic He. הלטקנ הלטקא• Assumed to have a volitional meaning.
Jussive• 3rd person yiqtol with a volitional meaning לטקי• 2nd person yiqtol negated with לא to indicate a prohibition לטקת לא• Associated with certain spelling changes (‘shortened’) in certain weak verbs.
Imperfect waw consecutive• Wayyiqtol לטקתולטקיו
23.19 אנ . After an Imperfect Verb Indicates a Request
The volitional particle• Spelled אנ . or אנ (preceded by maqqaf or a space)• Occurs 405 times in the Bible• Indicates volitional mood, usually a request
אנ / אנ . often occurs immediately after an imperfect verb• 99 times immediately after a yiqtol verb• אנ־רכזי רכז = QI3ms+ אנ . yiqtol ‘may he remember!’
• 6 times immediately after a weyiqtol verb• אנ־רבדתו רבד = DI(2m/3f)s+ו+ אנ . weyiqtol ‘and may she speak!’
23.20
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 24:Qal Imperative
2021.11.16
Goal: Learn to Write, Parse, and Translate the Qal Imperative (QM)
QM = Qal Imperative
Learn to write לטק QM paradigm with no added prefix or suffix.
Learn to parse QM of any strong verb with no added prefix or suffix.
• QM+prefix & QM+■ are taught in the next lesson.
Understand the basic grammar and translation of the imperative
• Usually a command or a request
24.2
About 6% of Verbs are Imperatives
Total Verbs 72,391x 100%• Imperfect 31,000x 43%• Perfect 20,814x 29%• Participle 8,888x 12%• Infinitive 6587x 9%• Imperative 4286x 6%• Absolute 816x 1%
Imperatives occur only in direct speech
24.3 What to Report When Parsing an Imperative VerbVerb characteristics• Root רבד ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q), etc.• Conjugation Imperative (M)
Information about the subject• Person 2nd
• Gender Masculine, Feminine• Number Singular, Plural
Additions if present• +Prefixed words ו+• +Suffixes +1cs (etc.), +Parה, + אנ
No discourse label
24.4
All finite verbs have a subject ending to indicate the subject’s PGN• 1cs = ‘I’• 1cp = ‘we’• 2ms or 2fs or 2mp or 2fp = ‘you’ ← Imperatives are always 2nd person• 3ms = ‘he’ or ‘it’• 3fs = ‘she’ or ‘it’• 3fp or 3mp = ‘they’
No need for a separate subject pronoun• E.g., ‘keep!’ is normally רמש . rather than התא רמש
Hebrew Imperatives Are Always 2nd Person 24.5
Spelling the Qal Imperative
24.6
1. Start with the QI 2nd person
2. Remove the imperfect prefix
3. Do the rule of shva if needed:
If word-initial shva would be followed by a reduced vowel,
word-initial shva changes to the corresponding full vowel.
PGN QI1cs
2ms לטקת
2fs ילטקת
31cp
2mp ולטקת
2fp הנלטקת
3
PGN QI –Prefix1cs
2ms לטקת לטק
2fs ילטקת *ילטק
31cp
2mp ולטקת *ולטק
2fp הנלטקת הנלטק
3
PGN QI –Prefix1cs
2ms לטקת לטק
2fs ילטקת *ילטק
31cp
2mp ולטקת *ולטק
2fp הנלטקת הנלטק
3
PGN QI –Prefix ◌ Rule1cs
2ms לטקת לטק
2fs ילטקת *ילטק → ילטק
31cp
2mp ולטקת *ולטק → ולטק
2fp הנלטקת הנלטק
3
PGN QI –Prefix QM1cs
2ms לטקת לטק → לטק
2fs ילטקת *ילטק → ילטק
31cp
2mp ולטקת *ולטק → ולטק
2fp הנלטקת הנלטק → הנלטק
3
QM = 2nd person QI without the Imperfect Prefix 24.7
PGN QI QM1cs
2ms לטקת לטק
2fs ילטקת ילטק
31cp
2mp ולטקת ולטק
2fp הנלטקת הנלטק
3
PGN QI QM1cs
2ms לטקת לטק = Q∞
2fs ילטקת ילטק
31cp
2mp ולטקת ולטק
2fp הנלטקת הנלטק
3
General Rule: M2ms = ∞
General Rule: M2ms = ∞
• This includes Qal and Non-Qal
• This includes M2ms+■= ∞+■
24.8
Verb Normal With MaqqafQI1cs לטקא ־לטקא
QI(2ms/3fs) לטקת ־לטקת
QI3ms לטקי ־לטקי
QI1cp לטקנ ־לטקנ
Verb Normal With MaqqafQI1cs לטקא ־לטקא
QI(2ms/3fs) לטקת ־לטקת
QI3ms לטקי ־לטקי
QI1cp לטקנ ־לטקנ
Q(M2ms/∞) לטק ־לטק
Remember our rule: ◌◌־ is (QQ) and Was ◌◌
As Usual, ◌◌ → ־◌◌ (QQ) when Maqqaf Removes Accent 24.9
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
◌◌◌ ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
לטק ◌◌◌ M, ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
לטק ◌◌◌ M, ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ ) ולטק ילטק
As usual, M2ms = ∞
Qal Stem Summary Prior to This ChapterQal Stem Summary Thus Far (Including This Chapter) 24.10
VS for specific conjugations
Standard VS
Grammar and Translationof the Imperative
24.11 An Imperative Commands or Requests <You> to Do Something
OR Reign over us!
Command• Dwell in the land! ץראב ןכש
Request
• (Please) reign over us. למB׃ונילע־
24.12
Vocative = A word referring to a person, spoken to that person
• Remember, YHWH, ... the day of Jerusalem! םלשורי ם8י תא ...׀הוהירכז
• Save [me], O king! [lit. ‘the king’] ׃Aלמההעש8ה
• Remember these things, Jacob! בקעי הלא־רכז
• Lord YHWH, remember me! אנינרכזה8הי ינדא
If the GN of the noun does not match the imperative, the noun is not a vocative
• Seek (mp) YHWH (ms) [direct object, not a vocative] הוהיושרד
A Noun After or Right Before an Imperative May Be Vocative 24.13
a 2nd+ל person pronominal suffix referring to the subject of the imperativesometimes
Iל ‘to you (ms)’ occurs 57x after M2msWrite to you these words! הלאה םירבדה־תא Iל־בתכםכל . ‘to you (mp)’ occurs 36x after M2mp
Write to you this song! זה הרישה־תאםכל ובתכ תאBל ‘to you (fs)’ occurs 11x after M2fs
BC
a 2nd+ל person pronominal suffix referring to the subject of the imperative sometimes occurs right after an imperative. Leave it untranslated.
Iל ‘to you (ms)’ occurs 57x after M2msWrite to you these words! הלאה םירבדה־תאIל־בתכםכל . ‘to you (mp)’ occurs 36x after M2mp
Write to you this song! זה הרישה־תאםכל ובתכ תאBל ‘to you (fs)’ occurs 11x after M2fs
BUT 1st and 3rd person pronominal suffixes on ל should be translatedCapture for them the waters! םימה־תאםהל ודכל
An Imperative May be Followed by ל( or םכל 24.14
Hebrew Imperatives are Never Negated
A Hebrew imperative is never negated.
A prohibition is expressed with אל . or לא followed by a yiqtol verb
• Do not remember! רכזת־לא
• Do not remember! ל ־ורכזת א
24.15
1. רבק
2. ־Bלמ
3. יכפש
4. ובתכ
5. ( הנדפס )
רבק QM2ms OR Q∞ bury! OR (to bury / burying)
ךלמ QM2ms OR Q∞ reign! OR (to reign / reigning)
ךפש QM2fs pour!
בתכ QM2mp write!
דפס QM2fp (mourn!) (not a vocabulary word)
Parse & Translate 24.16
Next Tasks
Learn the grammar Anki: RBH_Grammar→ Tag 24
Learn to write the QM paradigm V1 = ◌ VS = ◌ Imperfect subject endings• Practice writing the paradigm. RBH_paradigms.pdf, RBH_worksheets.pdf• Practice writing random QI forms. Anki: RBH_Workbook→ Tag 24inflect
Practice reading the QM. Anki: RBH_Workbook→ Tag 24parse, 24translate
Practice the new vocabulary. Anki: RBH_Workbook→ Tag 24vocabContext
24.17
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 25:Qal Imperative with a Prefix &/or Suffix
2021.11.20
Goal: Parse & Translate Qal Imperative Strong Verbs with a Prefix or Suffix
1 prefix
• Conjunction ו 885x (21%) ו ו יו ו ו ו ו ו• Never the article or a prefixed preposition on any finite verb• Never the interrogative particle or ש on an imperative
2 suffixes
• Pronominal suffix ■ 396x (9%)
• Paragogic He 309x (7%) ה◌
Volitional marker אנ 236x (6%) אנ־אנ־אנ• אנ . is not a suffix. It is separated by either a maqqaf ־ or a space.
Prefixed Vavon an Imperative
25.3 Imperative + Vav is a Command and Sometimes also a Purpose
Imperative+vav is a command or request, just like imperative without vav.• E.g., “Look to the sky and count ( רפסו ) the stars!”
Imperative+vav may also be the purpose/result of a preceding command.• E.g., “Go down there, and buy grain ( ורבשו ) for us.”
We have already seen purpose/result with the weqatal and weyiqtol.• E.g., Let my son go so that he may serve me<weyiqtol>• E.g., When one man’s ox gores his neighbor’s ox
so that it dies <weqatal>, then they shall sell <weqatal> the live ox
25.4
Pronominal Suffix ■on an Imperative
25.5
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Imperatives Do NOT Use the ‘Not on Finite Verbs’ Pronominal Suffixes
Number Person Gender Pronominal Suffix Not on Finite Verbs
S
1 Common ינ◌ ינ◌ י◌ י◌
2M ◌' ך◌F ◌*
3M ◌+ ונ◌ ו◌ וה◌ ה◌F ה◌ הנ◌ ה◌
P
1 Common ונ◌ ונ◌
2M םכ◌F ןכ◌
3M ם◌ +מ◌ םה◌F ן◌ ןה◌
Imperatives Do NOT Use 2nd Person Pronominal Suffixes 25.7 General Rule M2ms = ∞ Includes M2ms+■= ∞+■
QM2ms+■ is spelled like Q∞+■
• They are both spelled ■ ◌◌◌ (qq)
• E.g., ינרכז is רכז Q(M2ms/∞)+1cs
General rule: M2ms = ∞
• This includes Qal or Non-Qal
• This includes with or without ■ M2ms+■= ∞+■
BUT if there is a prefixed preposition, the interrogative, or 2nd person ■, it is ∞
25.8
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
לטק ◌◌◌ M, ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
ונלטק ◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) ∞+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
לטק ◌◌◌ M, ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
ונלטק ◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) (M2ms/∞)+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
לטק ◌◌◌ M, ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
M2ms = ∞
M2ms+■= ∞+■
Qal Stem Summary Prior to This ChapterQal Stem Summary Thus Far (Including This Chapter) 25.9
Paragogic Heon an Imperative
25.10
QM2ms+paragogic He Follows Same Pattern as QM2ms+■
Paragogic He ( ה◌ ) occurs on 3 verb forms: I1cs, I1cp, M2ms
QM2ms+paragogic He follows the same spelling pattern as QM2ms+■• ■לטק (QQ) QM2ms+■ OR Q∞+■
• הלטק (QQ) QM2ms+parHe NEVER Q∞
Ambiguous spelling: הלטק לטק = QM2ms+parHe OR QP3fs
Alternate Spelling: The QM2ms+paragogic He is sometimes spelled הלטק• This is unambiguous and looks like a QM, so it is easier.
25.11
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) (M2ms/∞)+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
◌◌◌ M, ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal Stem Summary Thus Far (Including This Chapter) 25.12
Includes M2ms+parHe
Ambiguous Spellingsאנ &
25.13 Ambiguous Spellings
M2ms = ∞ for almost all verbs (even if non-qal or +■)• לטק = לטק Q(M2ms/∞)
• ינלטק = לטק Q(M2ms/∞)+1cs
• םלטק = לטק Q(M2ms/∞)+3mp, etc.
QP3fs = QM2ms+parHe• הלטק = לטק QP3fs OR QM2ms+parHe (QM has qq)
BUT it cannot be QM2ms if prefixed preposition, interrogative, or 2nd person ■
25.14
אנ . After an Imperative Verb Clarifies the Parsing
The volitional particle• Spelled אנ . or אנ• Preceded by either a space or a maqqaf, not a suffix.
• Occurs 405 times in the Bible• It indicates a command, a request, personal resolve, etc.
A verb that immediately precedes אנ / אנ . is either an imperfect or an imperative• 105 times immediately after an imperfect verb (99 yiqtol, 6 weyiqtol)• 236 times immediately after an imperative• Helps us parse: Not used with a participle, an infinitive, or a perfect verb
25.15
1. בתכ2. ־בתכ3. אנ־בתכ4. הבתכ5. הנתנ6. הבתכ7. אנ ינרכז8. העמש
בתכ QM2ms OR Q∞ Write! OR (to write / writing)
בתכ QM2ms OR Q∞ Write! OR (to write / writing)
בתכ QM2ms Write!
בתכ QM2ms+3fs OR Q∞+3fs Write it! OR (to write it / her writing)
ןתנ QP3ms+3fs qatal He gave it.
בתכ QM2ms+parHe OR QP3fs Write! OR She wrote.
רכז QM2ms+1cs Remember me!
עמש QM2ms+parHe Hear!
Practice Parsing and Translating 25.16
Reading Biblical Hebrew
hebrewsyntax.org/rbh John C. Beckman
Chapter 26:Qal Absolute
2021.11.21
Goals: Learn to Recognize and Understand Qal Absolute Verbs
Qal Absolute
• Introduction
• Spelling
• Meaning
26.2
Qal Absolute: Introduction
26.3 ‘Absolute’ Is Traditionally Called ‘Infinitive Absolute’
Traditionally, two Hebrew verb forms are called ‘infinitive’:1. Infinitive construct2. Infinitive absolute
In these course materials, I simplify the names:• Infinitive construct → Infinitive (lesson 17)• Infinitive absolute → Absolute (this lesson)
Why the name changes?• Only the infinitive construct functions grammatically as an infinitive.• The word ‘infinitive’ and the symbol ∞ become unambiguous.
26.4
About 1% of Verbs are Absolute
Total Verbs 72,391x 100%
• Imperfect 31,000x 43%
• Perfect 20,814x 29%
• Participle 8,888x 12%
• Infinitive (Infinitive construct) 6587x 9%
• Imperative 4286x 6%
• Absolute (Infinitive absolute) 816x 1%
26.5 What to Report When Parsing an Absolute
Verb characteristics• Root רבד ךלמ , , etc.• Stem Qal (Q)• Conjugation Absolute (A)
No subject!
+Additions• +Prefixed words ?+ ,ו+
Example: Parse רמשו רמש QA+ו
26.6
Qal Absolute: Spelling
26.7 The QA Has Only One Form
The QA is spelled ◌◌◌ לטק ) )• Plene spelling ל0טק
No other forms
• No subject ending• No pronominal suffix• No paragogic• Maqqaf does not change its spelling! לטק → ־לטק
26.8
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
◌◌◌ P, Pp, (qq) (M2ms/∞)+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
◌◌◌ M, ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal (Q) ◌ ( ◌P, ◌P3+■, ◌Pt, וPp )
לטק ◌◌◌ P, Pp, A, (qq) (M2ms/∞)+■
◌◌◌ Pt
◌◌◌י I
◌◌◌ M, ∞ ( P+◌, Pp+◌ )
Qal Stem Summary Prior to This ChapterComplete Qal Stem Summary (Including This Chapter) 26.9 Vav and ? are the Only Possible Additions to an Absolute
Total Absolute Verbs 816x 100%• +Conjunction vav (+ו) 163x 20%• +Interrogative ה (+?) 25x 3%
Never a prefixed preposition on an absolute• A verb that is the object of a preposition is a participle or an infinitive
Never the article on an absolute• A verb with an article is a participle
Never a prefixed ש on an absolute
Never a pronominal suffix or a paragogic on an absolute
26.10
Qal Absolute: Meaning
26.11 Absolute Used next to Another Verb of the Same Root
Immediately before (420x) or after (49x) another verb of the same root.
• השמ שרדשרד Moses searching searched
Emphasizes the certainty, uncertainty, audacity, or extent of the verb.
• Surely, actually, really, carefully, diligently, at all
• השמ שרדשרד Moses searched carefully
• ונרבקתר0בק She/you(ms) will surely bury (him/it/us)
• התעט0פש טפשיו And now he has actually judged!
26.12
The absolute substitutes for another verb:
1) Translate like the coordinated verb, if there is one: (‘X or Y,’ ‘X and Y’)
• E.g., And you will eat it or sell [it] רכמ 0א הלכאו• E.g., to eat and to drink 0תשו לכאל
2) Substitutes for an imperative, if there is no coordinated verb.
• “Remember this day!” הזהם0יה־תאר0כז
Absolute Used without Another Verb of the Same Root 26.13
1. רמש
2. רמש
3. ־רמש
4. רמש
5. רמש
6. ר0מש
7. רומש8. רמשי
9. WXמה
רמש QP3ms qatal He kept.
רמש QM2ms OR Q∞ Keep! OR (to keep / keeping)
רמש QM2ms OR Q∞ Keep! OR (to keep / keeping)
רמש QPtMS one who keeps / keeping
רמש QA surely keep
רמש QA surely keep
רמש QPpMS absolute one who is kept / being kept
רמש QI3ms yiqtol He will keep.
ךלמ QA+? actually reign?
Parse and Translate 26.14